Unmodified cross-platform parts of FreeRTOS 7.5.2 (Demos and
platform-specific code removed)
This commit is contained in:
commit
101c8648ea
23 changed files with 15235 additions and 0 deletions
440
FreeRTOS/License/license.txt
Normal file
440
FreeRTOS/License/license.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
|
||||||
|
The FreeRTOS.org source code is licensed by the *modified* GNU General Public
|
||||||
|
License (GPL), text provided below. A special exception to the GPL is
|
||||||
|
included to allow you to distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS
|
||||||
|
without being obliged to provide the source code for any proprietary
|
||||||
|
components. See the licensing section of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for full
|
||||||
|
details. The exception text is also included at the bottom of this file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The FreeRTOS download also includes demo application source code, some of
|
||||||
|
which is provided by third parties AND IS LICENSED SEPARATELY FROM FREERTOS.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For the avoidance of any doubt refer to the comment included at the top
|
||||||
|
of each source and header file for license and copyright information.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This is a list of files for which Real Time Engineers Ltd are not the
|
||||||
|
copyright owner and are NOT COVERED BY THE GPL.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1) Various header files provided by silicon manufacturers and tool vendors
|
||||||
|
that define processor specific memory addresses and utility macros.
|
||||||
|
Permission has been granted by the various copyright holders for these
|
||||||
|
files to be included in the FreeRTOS download. Users must ensure license
|
||||||
|
conditions are adhered to for any use other than compilation of the
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS demo applications.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2) The uIP TCP/IP stack the copyright of which is held by Adam Dunkels.
|
||||||
|
Users must ensure the open source license conditions stated at the top
|
||||||
|
of each uIP source file is understood and adhered to.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
3) The lwIP TCP/IP stack the copyright of which is held by the Swedish
|
||||||
|
Institute of Computer Science. Users must ensure the open source license
|
||||||
|
conditions stated at the top of each lwIP source file is understood and
|
||||||
|
adhered to.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
4) Various peripheral driver source files and binaries provided by silicon
|
||||||
|
manufacturers and tool vendors. Permission has been granted by the
|
||||||
|
various copyright holders for these files to be included in the FreeRTOS
|
||||||
|
download. Users must ensure license conditions are adhered to for any
|
||||||
|
use other than compilation of the FreeRTOS demo applications.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
5) The files contained within FreeRTOS\Demo\WizNET_DEMO_TERN_186\tern_code,
|
||||||
|
which are slightly modified versions of code provided by and copyright to
|
||||||
|
Tern Inc.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Errors and omissions should be reported to Richard Barry, contact details for
|
||||||
|
whom can be obtained from http://www.FreeRTOS.org.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The GPL license text follows.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
A special exception to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute a
|
||||||
|
combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||||
|
the source code for any proprietary components. See the licensing section
|
||||||
|
of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for full details. The exception text is also
|
||||||
|
included at the bottom of this file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||||
|
Version 2, June 1991
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||||
|
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||||
|
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Preamble
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
|
||||||
|
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
|
||||||
|
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
|
||||||
|
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
|
||||||
|
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
|
||||||
|
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
|
||||||
|
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
|
||||||
|
your programs, too.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||||
|
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||||
|
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||||
|
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
|
||||||
|
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
|
||||||
|
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
|
||||||
|
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
|
||||||
|
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
|
||||||
|
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||||
|
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
|
||||||
|
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
|
||||||
|
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
|
||||||
|
rights.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
|
||||||
|
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
|
||||||
|
distribute and/or modify the software.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
|
||||||
|
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
|
||||||
|
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
|
||||||
|
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
|
||||||
|
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
|
||||||
|
authors' reputations.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
|
||||||
|
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
|
||||||
|
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
|
||||||
|
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
|
||||||
|
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||||
|
modification follow.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||||
|
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
|
||||||
|
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
|
||||||
|
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
|
||||||
|
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
|
||||||
|
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
|
||||||
|
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
|
||||||
|
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
|
||||||
|
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
|
||||||
|
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
|
||||||
|
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
|
||||||
|
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
|
||||||
|
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
|
||||||
|
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
|
||||||
|
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
|
||||||
|
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
|
||||||
|
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
|
||||||
|
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
|
||||||
|
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
|
||||||
|
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
|
||||||
|
along with the Program.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
|
||||||
|
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
|
||||||
|
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
|
||||||
|
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
|
||||||
|
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
|
||||||
|
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
|
||||||
|
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
|
||||||
|
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
|
||||||
|
parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
|
||||||
|
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
|
||||||
|
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
|
||||||
|
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
|
||||||
|
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
|
||||||
|
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
|
||||||
|
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
|
||||||
|
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
|
||||||
|
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
|
||||||
|
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
||||||
|
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
|
||||||
|
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
||||||
|
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
|
||||||
|
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
|
||||||
|
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
|
||||||
|
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||||
|
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
|
||||||
|
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
|
||||||
|
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
|
||||||
|
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
|
||||||
|
collective works based on the Program.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
|
||||||
|
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
|
||||||
|
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
|
||||||
|
the scope of this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
|
||||||
|
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
|
||||||
|
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
|
||||||
|
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
|
||||||
|
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
|
||||||
|
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
|
||||||
|
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
|
||||||
|
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
|
||||||
|
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
|
||||||
|
customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
|
||||||
|
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
|
||||||
|
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
|
||||||
|
received the program in object code or executable form with such
|
||||||
|
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
|
||||||
|
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
|
||||||
|
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
|
||||||
|
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
|
||||||
|
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
|
||||||
|
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
|
||||||
|
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
|
||||||
|
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
|
||||||
|
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
|
||||||
|
itself accompanies the executable.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
|
||||||
|
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
|
||||||
|
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
|
||||||
|
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
|
||||||
|
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
|
||||||
|
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
|
||||||
|
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
|
||||||
|
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
|
||||||
|
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
|
||||||
|
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
|
||||||
|
parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
|
||||||
|
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
|
||||||
|
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
|
||||||
|
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
|
||||||
|
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||||
|
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
|
||||||
|
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
|
||||||
|
the Program or works based on it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||||
|
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
|
||||||
|
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
|
||||||
|
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
|
||||||
|
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||||
|
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
|
||||||
|
this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
|
||||||
|
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
|
||||||
|
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||||
|
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||||
|
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
|
||||||
|
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||||
|
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
|
||||||
|
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
|
||||||
|
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
|
||||||
|
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
|
||||||
|
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
|
||||||
|
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
|
||||||
|
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
|
||||||
|
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
|
||||||
|
circumstances.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
|
||||||
|
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
|
||||||
|
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
|
||||||
|
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
|
||||||
|
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
|
||||||
|
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||||
|
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
|
||||||
|
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
|
||||||
|
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
|
||||||
|
impose that choice.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
|
||||||
|
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
|
||||||
|
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
|
||||||
|
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
|
||||||
|
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
|
||||||
|
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
|
||||||
|
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
|
||||||
|
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
|
||||||
|
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||||
|
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||||
|
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
|
||||||
|
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
|
||||||
|
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
|
||||||
|
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
|
||||||
|
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
|
||||||
|
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
|
||||||
|
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
|
||||||
|
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
|
||||||
|
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
|
||||||
|
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
|
||||||
|
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
|
||||||
|
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
NO WARRANTY
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
|
||||||
|
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
|
||||||
|
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
|
||||||
|
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
|
||||||
|
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
|
||||||
|
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
|
||||||
|
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
|
||||||
|
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||||
|
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
|
||||||
|
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
|
||||||
|
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
|
||||||
|
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
|
||||||
|
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
|
||||||
|
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
|
||||||
|
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
|
||||||
|
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||||
|
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||||
|
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
|
||||||
|
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||||
|
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
||||||
|
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License** as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
|
||||||
|
when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
|
||||||
|
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||||
|
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||||
|
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
|
||||||
|
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
|
||||||
|
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
|
||||||
|
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
|
||||||
|
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
|
||||||
|
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
|
||||||
|
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
|
||||||
|
Ty Coon, President of Vice
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
|
||||||
|
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
|
||||||
|
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
|
||||||
|
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
|
||||||
|
Public License instead of this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The FreeRTOS GPL Exception Text:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Any FreeRTOS source code, whether modified or in it's original release form,
|
||||||
|
or whether in whole or in part, can only be distributed by you under the terms
|
||||||
|
of the GNU General Public License plus this exception. An independent module is
|
||||||
|
a module which is not derived from or based on FreeRTOS.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Clause 1:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Linking FreeRTOS statically or dynamically with other modules is making a
|
||||||
|
combined work based on FreeRTOS. Thus, the terms and conditions of the GNU
|
||||||
|
General Public License cover the whole combination.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
As a special exception, the copyright holder of FreeRTOS gives you permission
|
||||||
|
to link FreeRTOS with independent modules that communicate with FreeRTOS
|
||||||
|
solely through the FreeRTOS API interface, regardless of the license terms of
|
||||||
|
these independent modules, and to copy and distribute the resulting combined
|
||||||
|
work under terms of your choice, provided that
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
+ Every copy of the combined work is accompanied by a written statement that
|
||||||
|
details to the recipient the version of FreeRTOS used and an offer by yourself
|
||||||
|
to provide the FreeRTOS source code (including any modifications you may have
|
||||||
|
made) should the recipient request it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
+ The combined work is not itself an RTOS, scheduler, kernel or related product.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
+ The independent modules add significant and primary functionality to FreeRTOS
|
||||||
|
and do not merely extend the existing functionality already present in FreeRTOS.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Clause 2:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS may not be used for any competitive or comparative purpose, including the
|
||||||
|
publication of any form of run time or compile time metric, without the express
|
||||||
|
permission of Real Time Engineers Ltd. (this is the norm within the industry and
|
||||||
|
is intended to ensure information accuracy).
|
385
FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c
Normal file
385
FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,385 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||||
|
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||||
|
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||||
|
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||||
|
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Thank you! *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||||
|
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||||
|
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||||
|
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||||
|
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||||
|
>>! kernel.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||||
|
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||||
|
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||||
|
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||||
|
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||||
|
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||||
|
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||||
|
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||||
|
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||||
|
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||||
|
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||||
|
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "task.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "croutine.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
|
||||||
|
* than file scope.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
|
||||||
|
#define static
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/
|
||||||
|
static xList pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */
|
||||||
|
static xList xDelayedCoRoutineList1; /*< Delayed co-routines. */
|
||||||
|
static xList xDelayedCoRoutineList2; /*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
|
||||||
|
static xList * pxDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */
|
||||||
|
static xList * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */
|
||||||
|
static xList xPendingReadyCoRoutineList; /*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event. They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
corCRCB * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
|
||||||
|
static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0;
|
||||||
|
static portTickType xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */
|
||||||
|
#define corINITIAL_STATE ( 0 )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue
|
||||||
|
* for the priority. It is inserted at the end of the list.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be
|
||||||
|
* used from within an ISR.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ) \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ) \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority; \
|
||||||
|
} \
|
||||||
|
vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called
|
||||||
|
* automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into
|
||||||
|
* the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion). Instead they are placed in
|
||||||
|
* in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready
|
||||||
|
* list by the co-routine scheduler.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to
|
||||||
|
* see if any require waking.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time -
|
||||||
|
* meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired
|
||||||
|
* we need not look any further down the list.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
|
||||||
|
corCRCB *pxCoRoutine;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */
|
||||||
|
pxCoRoutine = ( corCRCB * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( corCRCB ) );
|
||||||
|
if( pxCoRoutine )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to
|
||||||
|
be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */
|
||||||
|
if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine;
|
||||||
|
prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Check the priority is within limits. */
|
||||||
|
if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */
|
||||||
|
pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE;
|
||||||
|
pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority;
|
||||||
|
pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex;
|
||||||
|
pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */
|
||||||
|
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
|
||||||
|
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the xListItem.
|
||||||
|
This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item
|
||||||
|
in a list. */
|
||||||
|
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
|
||||||
|
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Event lists are always in priority order. */
|
||||||
|
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) uxPriority );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready
|
||||||
|
list at the correct priority. */
|
||||||
|
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
xReturn = pdPASS;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return xReturn;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( portTickType xTicksToDelay, xList *pxEventList )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
portTickType xTimeToWake;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
|
||||||
|
not a problem. */
|
||||||
|
xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
|
||||||
|
ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
|
||||||
|
both lists. */
|
||||||
|
( void ) uxListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
|
||||||
|
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the
|
||||||
|
overflow list. */
|
||||||
|
vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the
|
||||||
|
current block list. */
|
||||||
|
vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( pxEventList )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Also add the co-routine to an event list. If this is done then the
|
||||||
|
function must be called with interrupts disabled. */
|
||||||
|
vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list? These
|
||||||
|
are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR. The ISR cannot access
|
||||||
|
the ready lists itself. */
|
||||||
|
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
corCRCB *pxUnblockedCRCB;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */
|
||||||
|
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( (&xPendingReadyCoRoutineList) );
|
||||||
|
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
|
||||||
|
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
corCRCB *pxCRCB;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount;
|
||||||
|
while( xPassedTicks )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xCoRoutineTickCount++;
|
||||||
|
xPassedTicks--;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */
|
||||||
|
if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xList * pxTemp;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. If there are
|
||||||
|
any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */
|
||||||
|
pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList;
|
||||||
|
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;
|
||||||
|
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
|
||||||
|
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
pxCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Timeout not yet expired. */
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* The event could have occurred just before this critical
|
||||||
|
section. If this is the case then the generic list item will
|
||||||
|
have been moved to the pending ready list and the following
|
||||||
|
line is still valid. Also the pvContainer parameter will have
|
||||||
|
been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */
|
||||||
|
uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */
|
||||||
|
if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */
|
||||||
|
prvCheckPendingReadyList();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */
|
||||||
|
prvCheckDelayedList();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */
|
||||||
|
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* No more co-routines to check. */
|
||||||
|
return;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
--uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines
|
||||||
|
of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
|
||||||
|
listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Call the co-routine. */
|
||||||
|
( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 );
|
||||||
|
vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 );
|
||||||
|
vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the
|
||||||
|
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */
|
||||||
|
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1;
|
||||||
|
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const xList *pxEventList )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
corCRCB *pxUnblockedCRCB;
|
||||||
|
signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* This function is called from within an interrupt. It can only access
|
||||||
|
event lists and the pending ready list. This function assumes that a
|
||||||
|
check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */
|
||||||
|
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
|
||||||
|
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
|
||||||
|
vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xReturn = pdTRUE;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xReturn = pdFALSE;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return xReturn;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
612
FreeRTOS/Source/include/FreeRTOS.h
Normal file
612
FreeRTOS/Source/include/FreeRTOS.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,612 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||||
|
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||||
|
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||||
|
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||||
|
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Thank you! *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||||
|
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||||
|
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||||
|
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||||
|
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||||
|
>>! kernel.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||||
|
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||||
|
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||||
|
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||||
|
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||||
|
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||||
|
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||||
|
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||||
|
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||||
|
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||||
|
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||||
|
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
|
||||||
|
#define INC_FREERTOS_H
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Include the generic headers required for the FreeRTOS port being used.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Basic FreeRTOS definitions. */
|
||||||
|
#include "projdefs.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Application specific configuration options. */
|
||||||
|
#include "FreeRTOSConfig.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION must be defined before portable.h
|
||||||
|
is included as it is used by the port layer. */
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION
|
||||||
|
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Definitions specific to the port being used. */
|
||||||
|
#include "portable.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Defines the prototype to which the application task hook function must
|
||||||
|
conform. */
|
||||||
|
typedef portBASE_TYPE (*pdTASK_HOOK_CODE)( void * );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Check all the required application specific macros have been defined.
|
||||||
|
* These macros are application specific and (as downloaded) are defined
|
||||||
|
* within FreeRTOSConfig.h.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configUSE_PREEMPTION
|
||||||
|
#error Missing definition: configUSE_PREEMPTION should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configUSE_IDLE_HOOK
|
||||||
|
#error Missing definition: configUSE_IDLE_HOOK should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configUSE_TICK_HOOK
|
||||||
|
#error Missing definition: configUSE_TICK_HOOK should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configUSE_CO_ROUTINES
|
||||||
|
#error Missing definition: configUSE_CO_ROUTINES should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet
|
||||||
|
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet
|
||||||
|
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelete
|
||||||
|
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelete should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend
|
||||||
|
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil
|
||||||
|
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelay
|
||||||
|
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelay should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS
|
||||||
|
#error Missing definition: configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
|
||||||
|
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle
|
||||||
|
#define INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder
|
||||||
|
#define INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder
|
||||||
|
#define INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef INCLUDE_pcTaskGetTaskName
|
||||||
|
#define INCLUDE_pcTaskGetTaskName 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG
|
||||||
|
#define configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
|
||||||
|
#define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef INCLUDE_eTaskGetState
|
||||||
|
#define INCLUDE_eTaskGetState 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES
|
||||||
|
#define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configUSE_MUTEXES
|
||||||
|
#define configUSE_MUTEXES 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configUSE_TIMERS
|
||||||
|
#define configUSE_TIMERS 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES
|
||||||
|
#define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API
|
||||||
|
#define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB
|
||||||
|
#define portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN
|
||||||
|
#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN 16
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD
|
||||||
|
#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN < 1
|
||||||
|
#error configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN must be set to a minimum of 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR
|
||||||
|
#define INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR 1
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configASSERT
|
||||||
|
#define configASSERT( x )
|
||||||
|
#define configASSERT_DEFINED 0
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
#define configASSERT_DEFINED 1
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The timers module relies on xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */
|
||||||
|
#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
|
||||||
|
#error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY must also be defined.
|
||||||
|
#endif /* configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH
|
||||||
|
#error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH must also be defined.
|
||||||
|
#endif /* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH
|
||||||
|
#error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH must also be defined.
|
||||||
|
#endif /* configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState
|
||||||
|
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
|
||||||
|
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
|
||||||
|
#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
|
||||||
|
#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedStatusValue ) ( void ) uxSavedStatusValue
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef portCLEAN_UP_TCB
|
||||||
|
#define portCLEAN_UP_TCB( pxTCB ) ( void ) pxTCB
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef portSETUP_TCB
|
||||||
|
#define portSETUP_TCB( pxTCB ) ( void ) pxTCB
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE
|
||||||
|
#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 0U
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE < 1 )
|
||||||
|
#define vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueue, pcName )
|
||||||
|
#define vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueue )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE
|
||||||
|
#define portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE unsigned long
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Remove any unused trace macros. */
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceSTART
|
||||||
|
/* Used to perform any necessary initialisation - for example, open a file
|
||||||
|
into which trace is to be written. */
|
||||||
|
#define traceSTART()
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceEND
|
||||||
|
/* Use to close a trace, for example close a file into which trace has been
|
||||||
|
written. */
|
||||||
|
#define traceEND()
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN
|
||||||
|
/* Called after a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
|
||||||
|
to the task control block of the selected task. */
|
||||||
|
#define traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN()
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT
|
||||||
|
/* Called before stepping the tick count after waking from tickless idle
|
||||||
|
sleep. */
|
||||||
|
#define traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT( x )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN
|
||||||
|
/* Called immediately before entering tickless idle. */
|
||||||
|
#define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN()
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END
|
||||||
|
/* Called when returning to the Idle task after a tickless idle. */
|
||||||
|
#define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END()
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT
|
||||||
|
/* Called before a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
|
||||||
|
to the task control block of the task being switched out. */
|
||||||
|
#define traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT()
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT
|
||||||
|
/* Called when a task attempts to take a mutex that is already held by a
|
||||||
|
lower priority task. pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task
|
||||||
|
that holds the mutex. uxInheritedPriority is the priority the mutex holder
|
||||||
|
will inherit (the priority of the task that is attempting to obtain the
|
||||||
|
muted. */
|
||||||
|
#define traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxInheritedPriority )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT
|
||||||
|
/* Called when a task releases a mutex, the holding of which had resulted in
|
||||||
|
the task inheriting the priority of a higher priority task.
|
||||||
|
pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task that is releasing the
|
||||||
|
mutex. uxOriginalPriority is the task's configured (base) priority. */
|
||||||
|
#define traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxOriginalPriority )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE
|
||||||
|
/* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a
|
||||||
|
queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
|
||||||
|
upon which the read was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
|
||||||
|
task that attempted the read. */
|
||||||
|
#define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND
|
||||||
|
/* Task is about to block because it cannot write to a
|
||||||
|
queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
|
||||||
|
upon which the write was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
|
||||||
|
task that attempted the write. */
|
||||||
|
#define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
|
||||||
|
#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The following event macros are embedded in the kernel API calls. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE
|
||||||
|
#define traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE
|
||||||
|
#define traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED
|
||||||
|
#define traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED( ucQueueType )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX
|
||||||
|
#define traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED
|
||||||
|
#define traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED()
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
|
||||||
|
#define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
|
||||||
|
#define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
|
||||||
|
#define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
|
||||||
|
#define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE
|
||||||
|
#define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE()
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED
|
||||||
|
#define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED()
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND
|
||||||
|
#define traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED
|
||||||
|
#define traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE
|
||||||
|
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK
|
||||||
|
#define traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR
|
||||||
|
#define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED
|
||||||
|
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
|
||||||
|
#define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED
|
||||||
|
#define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
|
||||||
|
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED
|
||||||
|
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED
|
||||||
|
#define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceQUEUE_DELETE
|
||||||
|
#define traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE
|
||||||
|
#define traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED
|
||||||
|
#define traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED()
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceTASK_DELETE
|
||||||
|
#define traceTASK_DELETE( pxTaskToDelete )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL
|
||||||
|
#define traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL()
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY
|
||||||
|
#define traceTASK_DELAY()
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET
|
||||||
|
#define traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTask, uxNewPriority )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceTASK_SUSPEND
|
||||||
|
#define traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTaskToSuspend )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME
|
||||||
|
#define traceTASK_RESUME( pxTaskToResume )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR
|
||||||
|
#define traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTaskToResume )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK
|
||||||
|
#define traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE
|
||||||
|
#define traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED
|
||||||
|
#define traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED()
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND
|
||||||
|
#define traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValueValue, xReturn )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceTIMER_EXPIRED
|
||||||
|
#define traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED
|
||||||
|
#define traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValue )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS
|
||||||
|
#define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
|
||||||
|
#error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS must also be defined. portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS should call a port layer function to setup a peripheral timer/counter that can then be used as the run time counter time base.
|
||||||
|
#endif /* portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
|
||||||
|
#ifndef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
|
||||||
|
#error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then either portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE or portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE must also be defined. See the examples provided and the FreeRTOS web site for more information.
|
||||||
|
#endif /* portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
|
||||||
|
#endif /* portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
|
||||||
|
#define portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS()
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK
|
||||||
|
#define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef portPRIVILEGE_BIT
|
||||||
|
#define portPRIVILEGE_BIT ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0x00 )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef portYIELD_WITHIN_API
|
||||||
|
#define portYIELD_WITHIN_API portYIELD
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef pvPortMallocAligned
|
||||||
|
#define pvPortMallocAligned( x, puxStackBuffer ) ( ( ( puxStackBuffer ) == NULL ) ? ( pvPortMalloc( ( x ) ) ) : ( puxStackBuffer ) )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef vPortFreeAligned
|
||||||
|
#define vPortFreeAligned( pvBlockToFree ) vPortFree( pvBlockToFree )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP
|
||||||
|
#define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP
|
||||||
|
#define configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP 2
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP < 2
|
||||||
|
#error configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP must not be less than 2
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE
|
||||||
|
#define configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING
|
||||||
|
#define configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING
|
||||||
|
#define configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configUSE_QUEUE_SETS
|
||||||
|
#define configUSE_QUEUE_SETS 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT
|
||||||
|
#define portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT()
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configUSE_TIME_SLICING
|
||||||
|
#define configUSE_TIME_SLICING 1
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS
|
||||||
|
#define configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT
|
||||||
|
#define configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS
|
||||||
|
#define configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID
|
||||||
|
#define portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID()
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* For backward compatability. */
|
||||||
|
#define eTaskStateGet eTaskGetState
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* INC_FREERTOS_H */
|
||||||
|
|
179
FreeRTOS/Source/include/StackMacros.h
Normal file
179
FreeRTOS/Source/include/StackMacros.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||||
|
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||||
|
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||||
|
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||||
|
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Thank you! *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||||
|
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||||
|
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||||
|
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||||
|
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||||
|
>>! kernel.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||||
|
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||||
|
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||||
|
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||||
|
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||||
|
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||||
|
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||||
|
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||||
|
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||||
|
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||||
|
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||||
|
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
|
||||||
|
#define STACK_MACROS_H
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
|
||||||
|
* out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
|
||||||
|
* past.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
|
||||||
|
* the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
|
||||||
|
* the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
|
||||||
|
* will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
|
||||||
|
* to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
|
||||||
|
* overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
|
||||||
|
* stack will always be recognised.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* FreeRTOSConfig.h is not set to check for stack overflows. */
|
||||||
|
#define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
|
||||||
|
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 */
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* FreeRTOSConfig.h is only set to use the first method of
|
||||||
|
overflow checking. */
|
||||||
|
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
|
||||||
|
#define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
|
||||||
|
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
|
||||||
|
} \
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 */
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
|
||||||
|
#define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
\
|
||||||
|
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
|
||||||
|
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
|
||||||
|
} \
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
static const unsigned char ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
|
||||||
|
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
|
||||||
|
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
|
||||||
|
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
|
||||||
|
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
|
||||||
|
\
|
||||||
|
\
|
||||||
|
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
|
||||||
|
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
|
||||||
|
} \
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
char *pcEndOfStack = ( char * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \
|
||||||
|
static const unsigned char ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
|
||||||
|
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
|
||||||
|
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
|
||||||
|
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
|
||||||
|
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
|
||||||
|
\
|
||||||
|
\
|
||||||
|
pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \
|
||||||
|
\
|
||||||
|
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
|
||||||
|
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
|
||||||
|
} \
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */
|
||||||
|
|
757
FreeRTOS/Source/include/croutine.h
Normal file
757
FreeRTOS/Source/include/croutine.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,757 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||||
|
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||||
|
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||||
|
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||||
|
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Thank you! *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||||
|
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||||
|
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||||
|
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||||
|
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||||
|
>>! kernel.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||||
|
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||||
|
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||||
|
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||||
|
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||||
|
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||||
|
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||||
|
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||||
|
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||||
|
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||||
|
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||||
|
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H
|
||||||
|
#define CO_ROUTINE_H
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
|
||||||
|
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "list.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||||
|
extern "C" {
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block. The
|
||||||
|
control block structure however has to be included in the header due to
|
||||||
|
the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */
|
||||||
|
typedef void * xCoRoutineHandle;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */
|
||||||
|
typedef void (*crCOROUTINE_CODE)( xCoRoutineHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineFunction;
|
||||||
|
xListItem xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */
|
||||||
|
xListItem xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */
|
||||||
|
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; /*< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */
|
||||||
|
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex; /*< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */
|
||||||
|
unsigned short uxState; /*< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */
|
||||||
|
} corCRCB; /* Co-routine control block. Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with tskTCB. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* croutine. h
|
||||||
|
*<pre>
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate(
|
||||||
|
crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
|
||||||
|
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority,
|
||||||
|
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex
|
||||||
|
);</pre>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are
|
||||||
|
* ready to run.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function. Co-routine
|
||||||
|
* functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB
|
||||||
|
* documentation for more information.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which
|
||||||
|
* the co-routine will run.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that
|
||||||
|
* execute the same function. See the example below and the co-routine section
|
||||||
|
* of the WEB documentation for further information.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready
|
||||||
|
* list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
<pre>
|
||||||
|
// Co-routine to be created.
|
||||||
|
void vFlashCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
|
||||||
|
// This may not be necessary for const variables.
|
||||||
|
static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 };
|
||||||
|
static const portTickType uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 };
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
|
||||||
|
crSTART( xHandle );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for( ;; )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles
|
||||||
|
// an LED. Two co-routines are created using this function, so
|
||||||
|
// the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which
|
||||||
|
// LED to flash and how long to delay. This assumes xQueue has
|
||||||
|
// already been created.
|
||||||
|
vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] );
|
||||||
|
crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
|
||||||
|
crEND();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Function that creates two co-routines.
|
||||||
|
void vOtherFunction( void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
unsigned char ucParameterToPass;
|
||||||
|
xTaskHandle xHandle;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Create two co-routines at priority 0. The first is given index 0
|
||||||
|
// so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks. The second
|
||||||
|
// is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks.
|
||||||
|
for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
* \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup Tasks
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* croutine. h
|
||||||
|
*<pre>
|
||||||
|
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );</pre>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Run a co-routine.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able
|
||||||
|
* to run. The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is
|
||||||
|
* preempted by a task. Co-routines execute cooperatively so one
|
||||||
|
* co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then
|
||||||
|
* vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task
|
||||||
|
* hook).
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
<pre>
|
||||||
|
// This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called.
|
||||||
|
// The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls.
|
||||||
|
void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
vCoRoutineSchedule();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to
|
||||||
|
// execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineScheduler() within an
|
||||||
|
// infinite loop.
|
||||||
|
void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
for( ;; )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
vCoRoutineSchedule();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
* \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup Tasks
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* croutine. h
|
||||||
|
* <pre>
|
||||||
|
crSTART( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle );</pre>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
<pre>
|
||||||
|
// Co-routine to be created.
|
||||||
|
void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
|
||||||
|
static long ulAVariable;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
|
||||||
|
crSTART( xHandle );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for( ;; )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Co-routine functionality goes here.
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
|
||||||
|
crEND();
|
||||||
|
}</pre>
|
||||||
|
* \defgroup crSTART crSTART
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup Tasks
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define crSTART( pxCRCB ) switch( ( ( corCRCB * )( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { case 0:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* croutine. h
|
||||||
|
* <pre>
|
||||||
|
crEND();</pre>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
<pre>
|
||||||
|
// Co-routine to be created.
|
||||||
|
void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
|
||||||
|
static long ulAVariable;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
|
||||||
|
crSTART( xHandle );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for( ;; )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Co-routine functionality goes here.
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
|
||||||
|
crEND();
|
||||||
|
}</pre>
|
||||||
|
* \defgroup crSTART crSTART
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup Tasks
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define crEND() }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation
|
||||||
|
* only. The macros should not be used directly by application writers.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle ) ( ( corCRCB * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = (__LINE__ * 2); return; case (__LINE__ * 2):
|
||||||
|
#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle ) ( ( corCRCB * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = ((__LINE__ * 2)+1); return; case ((__LINE__ * 2)+1):
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* croutine. h
|
||||||
|
*<pre>
|
||||||
|
crDELAY( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, portTickType xTicksToDelay );</pre>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
|
||||||
|
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
|
||||||
|
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay. This is the xHandle
|
||||||
|
* parameter of the co-routine function.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay
|
||||||
|
* for. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by
|
||||||
|
* configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant portTICK_RATE_MS
|
||||||
|
* can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
<pre>
|
||||||
|
// Co-routine to be created.
|
||||||
|
void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
|
||||||
|
// This may not be necessary for const variables.
|
||||||
|
// We are to delay for 200ms.
|
||||||
|
static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_RATE_MS;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
|
||||||
|
crSTART( xHandle );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for( ;; )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Delay for 200ms.
|
||||||
|
crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Do something here.
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
|
||||||
|
crEND();
|
||||||
|
}</pre>
|
||||||
|
* \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup Tasks
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay ) \
|
||||||
|
if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 ) \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL ); \
|
||||||
|
} \
|
||||||
|
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* <pre>
|
||||||
|
crQUEUE_SEND(
|
||||||
|
xCoRoutineHandle xHandle,
|
||||||
|
xQueueHandle pxQueue,
|
||||||
|
void *pvItemToQueue,
|
||||||
|
portTickType xTicksToWait,
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE *pxResult
|
||||||
|
)</pre>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
|
||||||
|
* equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
|
||||||
|
* xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
|
||||||
|
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
|
||||||
|
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
|
||||||
|
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
|
||||||
|
* co-routines.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
|
||||||
|
* parameter of the co-routine function.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted.
|
||||||
|
* The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
|
||||||
|
* the xQueueCreate() API function.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue.
|
||||||
|
* The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
|
||||||
|
* created. This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue
|
||||||
|
* itself.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
|
||||||
|
* to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be
|
||||||
|
* available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
|
||||||
|
* by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
|
||||||
|
* portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example
|
||||||
|
* below).
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
|
||||||
|
* data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an
|
||||||
|
* error defined within ProjDefs.h.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
<pre>
|
||||||
|
// Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto
|
||||||
|
// a queue.
|
||||||
|
static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
|
||||||
|
static portBASE_TYPE xNumberToPost = 0;
|
||||||
|
static portBASE_TYPE xResult;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART().
|
||||||
|
crSTART( xHandle );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for( ;; )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// This assumes the queue has already been created.
|
||||||
|
crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( xResult != pdPASS )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// The message was not posted!
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Increment the number to be posted onto the queue.
|
||||||
|
xNumberToPost++;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Delay for 100 ticks.
|
||||||
|
crDELAY( xHandle, 100 );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
|
||||||
|
crEND();
|
||||||
|
}</pre>
|
||||||
|
* \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup Tasks
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue) , ( pvItemToQueue) , ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
|
||||||
|
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
|
||||||
|
*pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 ); \
|
||||||
|
} \
|
||||||
|
if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
|
||||||
|
*pxResult = pdPASS; \
|
||||||
|
} \
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* croutine. h
|
||||||
|
* <pre>
|
||||||
|
crQUEUE_RECEIVE(
|
||||||
|
xCoRoutineHandle xHandle,
|
||||||
|
xQueueHandle pxQueue,
|
||||||
|
void *pvBuffer,
|
||||||
|
portTickType xTicksToWait,
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE *pxResult
|
||||||
|
)</pre>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
|
||||||
|
* equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
|
||||||
|
* xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
|
||||||
|
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
|
||||||
|
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
|
||||||
|
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
|
||||||
|
* co-routines.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
|
||||||
|
* parameter of the co-routine function.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received.
|
||||||
|
* The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
|
||||||
|
* the xQueueCreate() API function.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied.
|
||||||
|
* The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
|
||||||
|
* created. This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
|
||||||
|
* to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be
|
||||||
|
* available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
|
||||||
|
* by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
|
||||||
|
* portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the
|
||||||
|
* crQUEUE_SEND example).
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
|
||||||
|
* data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to
|
||||||
|
* an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
<pre>
|
||||||
|
// A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue. It
|
||||||
|
// blocks on the queue until the number is received.
|
||||||
|
static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
|
||||||
|
static portBASE_TYPE xResult;
|
||||||
|
static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLEDToFlash;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
|
||||||
|
crSTART( xHandle );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for( ;; )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Wait for data to become available on the queue.
|
||||||
|
crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( xResult == pdPASS )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// We received the LED to flash - flash it!
|
||||||
|
vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
crEND();
|
||||||
|
}</pre>
|
||||||
|
* \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup Tasks
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
|
||||||
|
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
|
||||||
|
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), 0 ); \
|
||||||
|
} \
|
||||||
|
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
|
||||||
|
*( pxResult ) = pdPASS; \
|
||||||
|
} \
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* croutine. h
|
||||||
|
* <pre>
|
||||||
|
crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
|
||||||
|
xQueueHandle pxQueue,
|
||||||
|
void *pvItemToQueue,
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken
|
||||||
|
)</pre>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
|
||||||
|
* co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
|
||||||
|
* functions used by tasks.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
|
||||||
|
* pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
|
||||||
|
* xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
|
||||||
|
* ISR.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue
|
||||||
|
* that is being used from within a co-routine.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
|
||||||
|
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
|
||||||
|
* co-routines.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
|
||||||
|
* queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
|
||||||
|
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
|
||||||
|
* into the queue storage area.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto
|
||||||
|
* the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt. The first call
|
||||||
|
* should always pass in pdFALSE. Subsequent calls should pass in
|
||||||
|
* the value returned from the previous call.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue. This is
|
||||||
|
* used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following
|
||||||
|
* the ISR.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
<pre>
|
||||||
|
// A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received.
|
||||||
|
static void vReceivingCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
char cRxedChar;
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE xResult;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
|
||||||
|
crSTART( xHandle );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for( ;; )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Wait for data to become available on the queue. This assumes the
|
||||||
|
// queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created!
|
||||||
|
crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Was a character received?
|
||||||
|
if( xResult == pdPASS )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Process the character here.
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
|
||||||
|
crEND();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to
|
||||||
|
// a co-routine.
|
||||||
|
void vUART_ISR( void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
char cRxedChar;
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART.
|
||||||
|
while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Obtain the character from the UART.
|
||||||
|
cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Post the character onto a queue. xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE
|
||||||
|
// the first time around the loop. If the post causes a co-routine
|
||||||
|
// to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE.
|
||||||
|
// In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is
|
||||||
|
// blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how
|
||||||
|
// many characters are posted to the queue.
|
||||||
|
xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}</pre>
|
||||||
|
* \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup Tasks
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* croutine. h
|
||||||
|
* <pre>
|
||||||
|
crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
|
||||||
|
xQueueHandle pxQueue,
|
||||||
|
void *pvBuffer,
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE * pxCoRoutineWoken
|
||||||
|
)</pre>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
|
||||||
|
* co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
|
||||||
|
* functions used by tasks.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
|
||||||
|
* pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
|
||||||
|
* xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
|
||||||
|
* ISR.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data
|
||||||
|
* from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine
|
||||||
|
* posted to the queue).
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
|
||||||
|
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
|
||||||
|
* co-routines.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be
|
||||||
|
* placed. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
|
||||||
|
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into
|
||||||
|
* pvBuffer.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become
|
||||||
|
* available on the queue. If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a
|
||||||
|
* co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise
|
||||||
|
* *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise
|
||||||
|
* pdFALSE.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
<pre>
|
||||||
|
// A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed
|
||||||
|
// period. The character is incremented each time.
|
||||||
|
static void vSendingCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore
|
||||||
|
// be declared static.
|
||||||
|
static char cCharToTx = 'a';
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE xResult;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
|
||||||
|
crSTART( xHandle );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for( ;; )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Send the next character to the queue.
|
||||||
|
crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( xResult == pdPASS )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// The character was successfully posted to the queue.
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Could not post the character to the queue.
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this
|
||||||
|
// hypothetical UART. The interrupt will obtain the character
|
||||||
|
// from the queue and send it.
|
||||||
|
ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period.
|
||||||
|
// cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is
|
||||||
|
// declared static.
|
||||||
|
cCharToTx++;
|
||||||
|
if( cCharToTx > 'x' )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
cCharToTx = 'a';
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
crDELAY( 100 );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
|
||||||
|
crEND();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART.
|
||||||
|
void vUART_ISR( void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
char cCharToTx;
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent?
|
||||||
|
// xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine
|
||||||
|
// is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is
|
||||||
|
// woken no matter how many times we go around this loop.
|
||||||
|
if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}</pre>
|
||||||
|
* \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup Tasks
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only.
|
||||||
|
* The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the
|
||||||
|
* prototype appears here. The function should not be used by application
|
||||||
|
* writers.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the
|
||||||
|
* appropriate delayed list.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( portTickType xTicksToDelay, xList *pxEventList );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only.
|
||||||
|
* The function should not be used by application writers.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in
|
||||||
|
* the pending ready list.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const xList *pxEventList );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */
|
378
FreeRTOS/Source/include/list.h
Normal file
378
FreeRTOS/Source/include/list.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||||
|
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||||
|
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||||
|
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||||
|
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Thank you! *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||||
|
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||||
|
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||||
|
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||||
|
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||||
|
>>! kernel.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||||
|
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||||
|
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||||
|
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||||
|
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||||
|
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||||
|
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||||
|
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||||
|
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||||
|
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||||
|
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||||
|
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* This is the list implementation used by the scheduler. While it is tailored
|
||||||
|
* heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by
|
||||||
|
* application code.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* xLists can only store pointers to xListItems. Each xListItem contains a
|
||||||
|
* numeric value (xItemValue). Most of the time the lists are sorted in
|
||||||
|
* descending item value order.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Lists are created already containing one list item. The value of this
|
||||||
|
* item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
|
||||||
|
* the end of the list and acts as a marker. The list member pxHead always
|
||||||
|
* points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list. This
|
||||||
|
* is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of
|
||||||
|
* the list.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next
|
||||||
|
* item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer)
|
||||||
|
* and a pointer to back to the object that contains it. These later two
|
||||||
|
* pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation. There is
|
||||||
|
* effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and
|
||||||
|
* the list item itself.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \page ListIntroduction List Implementation
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef LIST_H
|
||||||
|
#define LIST_H
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* The list structure members are modified from within interrupts, and therefore
|
||||||
|
* by rights should be declared volatile. However, they are only modified in a
|
||||||
|
* functionally atomic way (within critical sections of with the scheduler
|
||||||
|
* suspended) and are either passed by reference into a function or indexed via
|
||||||
|
* a volatile variable. Therefore, in all use cases tested so far, the volatile
|
||||||
|
* qualifier can be omitted in order to provide a moderate performance
|
||||||
|
* improvement without adversely affecting functional behaviour. The assembly
|
||||||
|
* instructions generated by the IAR, ARM and GCC compilers when the respective
|
||||||
|
* compiler's options were set for maximum optimisation has been inspected and
|
||||||
|
* deemed to be as intended. That said, as compiler technology advances, and
|
||||||
|
* especially if aggressive cross module optimisation is used (a use case that
|
||||||
|
* has not been exercised to any great extend) then it is feasible that the
|
||||||
|
* volatile qualifier will be needed for correct optimisation. It is expected
|
||||||
|
* that a compiler removing essential code because, without the volatile
|
||||||
|
* qualifier on the list structure members and with aggressive cross module
|
||||||
|
* optimisation, the compiler deemed the code unnecessary will result in
|
||||||
|
* complete and obvious failure of the scheduler. If this is ever experienced
|
||||||
|
* then the volatile qualifier can be inserted in the relevant places within the
|
||||||
|
* list structures by simply defining configLIST_VOLATILE to volatile in
|
||||||
|
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (as per the example at the bottom of this comment block).
|
||||||
|
* If configLIST_VOLATILE is not defined then the preprocessor directives below
|
||||||
|
* will simply #define configLIST_VOLATILE away completely.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* To use volatile list structure members then add the following line to
|
||||||
|
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (without the quotes):
|
||||||
|
* "#define configLIST_VOLATILE volatile"
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#ifndef configLIST_VOLATILE
|
||||||
|
#define configLIST_VOLATILE
|
||||||
|
#endif /* configSUPPORT_CROSS_MODULE_OPTIMISATION */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||||
|
extern "C" {
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
struct xLIST_ITEM
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
configLIST_VOLATILE portTickType xItemValue; /*< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in descending order. */
|
||||||
|
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext; /*< Pointer to the next xListItem in the list. */
|
||||||
|
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;/*< Pointer to the previous xListItem in the list. */
|
||||||
|
void * pvOwner; /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
|
||||||
|
void * configLIST_VOLATILE pvContainer; /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
typedef struct xLIST_ITEM xListItem; /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
configLIST_VOLATILE portTickType xItemValue;
|
||||||
|
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;
|
||||||
|
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM xMiniListItem;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
typedef struct xLIST
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
configLIST_VOLATILE unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNumberOfItems;
|
||||||
|
xListItem * configLIST_VOLATILE pxIndex; /*< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to pvListGetOwnerOfNextEntry (). */
|
||||||
|
xMiniListItem xListEnd; /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
|
||||||
|
} xList;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Access macro to set the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
|
||||||
|
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner ) )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Access macro to get the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
|
||||||
|
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem ) ( pxListItem )->pvOwner
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Access macro to set the value of the list item. In most cases the value is
|
||||||
|
* used to sort the list in descending order.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue ) )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item. The value can
|
||||||
|
* represent anything - for example a the priority of a task, or the time at
|
||||||
|
* which a task should be unblocked.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Access macro the retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given
|
||||||
|
* list.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->xItemValue )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Access macro to determine if a list contains any items. The macro will
|
||||||
|
* only have the value true if the list is empty.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList ) ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Access macro to return the number of items in the list.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
|
||||||
|
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list
|
||||||
|
* and returns that entries pxOwner parameter. Using multiple calls to this
|
||||||
|
* function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in
|
||||||
|
* a list.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
|
||||||
|
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
|
||||||
|
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
|
||||||
|
* item and its owner.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList ) \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
xList * const pxConstList = ( pxList ); \
|
||||||
|
/* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */ \
|
||||||
|
/* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list. */ \
|
||||||
|
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
|
||||||
|
if( ( void * ) ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( void * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
|
||||||
|
} \
|
||||||
|
( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner; \
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list. Lists
|
||||||
|
* are normally sorted in ascending item value order.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list.
|
||||||
|
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
|
||||||
|
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
|
||||||
|
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
|
||||||
|
* item and its owner.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be
|
||||||
|
* returned.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->pvOwner )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Check to see if a list item is within a list. The list item maintains a
|
||||||
|
* "container" pointer that points to the list it is in. All this macro does
|
||||||
|
* is check to see if the container and the list match.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within.
|
||||||
|
* @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list.
|
||||||
|
* @return pdTRUE is the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE.
|
||||||
|
* pointer against
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvContainer == ( void * ) ( pxList ) ) )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Return the list a list item is contained within (referenced from).
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pxListItem The list item being queried.
|
||||||
|
* @return A pointer to the xList object that references the pxListItem
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvContainer )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* This provides a crude means of knowing if a list has been initialised, as
|
||||||
|
* pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue is set to portMAX_DELAY by the vListInitialise()
|
||||||
|
* function.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define listLIST_IS_INITIALISED( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->xListEnd.xItemValue == portMAX_DELAY )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Must be called before a list is used! This initialises all the members
|
||||||
|
* of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a
|
||||||
|
* marker to the back of the list.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \page vListInitialise vListInitialise
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void vListInitialise( xList * const pxList );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Must be called before a list item is used. This sets the list container to
|
||||||
|
* null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void vListInitialiseItem( xListItem * const pxItem );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted into the list in
|
||||||
|
* a position determined by its item value (descending item value order).
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pxNewListItem The item to that is to be placed in the list.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \page vListInsert vListInsert
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void vListInsert( xList * const pxList, xListItem * const pxNewListItem );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position
|
||||||
|
* such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
|
||||||
|
* calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* The list member pvIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
|
||||||
|
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pvIndex to the next item in the list.
|
||||||
|
* Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
|
||||||
|
* in the list position pointed to by pvIndex. This means that every other
|
||||||
|
* item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
|
||||||
|
* the pvIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void vListInsertEnd( xList * const pxList, xListItem * const pxNewListItem );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that
|
||||||
|
* it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param uxListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from
|
||||||
|
* the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
|
||||||
|
* been removed.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \page uxListRemove uxListRemove
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxListRemove( xListItem * const pxItemToRemove );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
152
FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_wrappers.h
Normal file
152
FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_wrappers.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||||
|
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||||
|
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||||
|
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||||
|
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Thank you! *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||||
|
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||||
|
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||||
|
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||||
|
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||||
|
>>! kernel.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||||
|
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||||
|
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||||
|
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||||
|
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||||
|
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||||
|
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||||
|
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||||
|
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||||
|
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||||
|
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||||
|
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H
|
||||||
|
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
|
||||||
|
only for ports that are using the MPU. */
|
||||||
|
#ifdef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
|
||||||
|
included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
|
||||||
|
those files. */
|
||||||
|
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define xTaskGenericCreate MPU_xTaskGenericCreate
|
||||||
|
#define vTaskAllocateMPURegions MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions
|
||||||
|
#define vTaskDelete MPU_vTaskDelete
|
||||||
|
#define vTaskDelayUntil MPU_vTaskDelayUntil
|
||||||
|
#define vTaskDelay MPU_vTaskDelay
|
||||||
|
#define uxTaskPriorityGet MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet
|
||||||
|
#define vTaskPrioritySet MPU_vTaskPrioritySet
|
||||||
|
#define eTaskGetState MPU_eTaskGetState
|
||||||
|
#define vTaskSuspend MPU_vTaskSuspend
|
||||||
|
#define xTaskIsTaskSuspended MPU_xTaskIsTaskSuspended
|
||||||
|
#define vTaskResume MPU_vTaskResume
|
||||||
|
#define vTaskSuspendAll MPU_vTaskSuspendAll
|
||||||
|
#define xTaskResumeAll MPU_xTaskResumeAll
|
||||||
|
#define xTaskGetTickCount MPU_xTaskGetTickCount
|
||||||
|
#define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
|
||||||
|
#define vTaskList MPU_vTaskList
|
||||||
|
#define vTaskGetRunTimeStats MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats
|
||||||
|
#define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag
|
||||||
|
#define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag
|
||||||
|
#define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook
|
||||||
|
#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
|
||||||
|
#define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
|
||||||
|
#define xTaskGetSchedulerState MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState
|
||||||
|
#define xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
|
||||||
|
#define uxTaskGetSystemState MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define xQueueGenericCreate MPU_xQueueGenericCreate
|
||||||
|
#define xQueueCreateMutex MPU_xQueueCreateMutex
|
||||||
|
#define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive
|
||||||
|
#define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive
|
||||||
|
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore
|
||||||
|
#define xQueueGenericSend MPU_xQueueGenericSend
|
||||||
|
#define xQueueAltGenericSend MPU_xQueueAltGenericSend
|
||||||
|
#define xQueueAltGenericReceive MPU_xQueueAltGenericReceive
|
||||||
|
#define xQueueGenericReceive MPU_xQueueGenericReceive
|
||||||
|
#define uxQueueMessagesWaiting MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting
|
||||||
|
#define vQueueDelete MPU_vQueueDelete
|
||||||
|
#define xQueueGenericReset MPU_xQueueGenericReset
|
||||||
|
#define xQueueCreateSet MPU_xQueueCreateSet
|
||||||
|
#define xQueueSelectFromSet MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet
|
||||||
|
#define xQueueAddToSet MPU_xQueueAddToSet
|
||||||
|
#define xQueueRemoveFromSet MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet
|
||||||
|
#define xQueuePeekFromISR MPU_xQueuePeekFromISR
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define pvPortMalloc MPU_pvPortMalloc
|
||||||
|
#define vPortFree MPU_vPortFree
|
||||||
|
#define xPortGetFreeHeapSize MPU_xPortGetFreeHeapSize
|
||||||
|
#define vPortInitialiseBlocks MPU_vPortInitialiseBlocks
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0
|
||||||
|
#define vQueueAddToRegistry MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry
|
||||||
|
#define vQueueUnregisterQueue MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Remove the privileged function macro. */
|
||||||
|
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */
|
||||||
|
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__((section("privileged_functions")))
|
||||||
|
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
|
||||||
|
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA
|
||||||
|
#define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */
|
||||||
|
|
401
FreeRTOS/Source/include/portable.h
Normal file
401
FreeRTOS/Source/include/portable.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||||
|
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||||
|
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||||
|
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||||
|
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Thank you! *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||||
|
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||||
|
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||||
|
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||||
|
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||||
|
>>! kernel.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||||
|
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||||
|
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||||
|
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||||
|
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||||
|
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||||
|
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||||
|
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||||
|
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||||
|
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||||
|
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||||
|
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||||
|
* Portable layer API. Each function must be defined for each port.
|
||||||
|
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef PORTABLE_H
|
||||||
|
#define PORTABLE_H
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Include the macro file relevant to the port being used. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
|
||||||
|
#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
|
||||||
|
#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR
|
||||||
|
#include "../portable/GCC/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR
|
||||||
|
#include "../portable/IAR/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT
|
||||||
|
#include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC24_dsPIC\portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT
|
||||||
|
#include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC24_dsPIC\portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT
|
||||||
|
#include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC18F\portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT
|
||||||
|
#include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC32MX\portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _FEDPICC
|
||||||
|
#include "libFreeRTOS/Include/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/SDCC/Cygnal/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef GCC_ARM7
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC2000/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE
|
||||||
|
#include "portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC23xx/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef IAR_MSP430
|
||||||
|
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef GCC_MSP430
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/Rowley/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS
|
||||||
|
#include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef SAM7_GCC
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91SAM7S/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef SAM7_IAR
|
||||||
|
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR
|
||||||
|
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef LPC2000_IAR
|
||||||
|
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef STR71X_IAR
|
||||||
|
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef STR75X_IAR
|
||||||
|
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef STR75X_GCC
|
||||||
|
#include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef STR91X_IAR
|
||||||
|
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef GCC_H8S
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/H8S2329/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91FR40008/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/RVDS/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/HCS12/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef TERN_EE
|
||||||
|
#include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef GCC_HCS12
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/HCS12/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef GCC_MCF5235
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MCF5235/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC
|
||||||
|
#include "../../../Source/portable/GCC/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef GCC_PPC405
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC405_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef GCC_PPC440
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC440_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE
|
||||||
|
#include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
|
||||||
|
/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
|
||||||
|
#include "frconfig.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
|
||||||
|
/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
|
||||||
|
#include "frconfig.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__
|
||||||
|
#include "portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __ICCAVR32__
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __CORE__
|
||||||
|
#if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__
|
||||||
|
#include "portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __91467D
|
||||||
|
#include "portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __96340
|
||||||
|
#include "portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__
|
||||||
|
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Catch all to ensure portmacro.h is included in the build. Newer demos
|
||||||
|
have the path as part of the project options, rather than as relative from
|
||||||
|
the project location. If portENTER_CRITICAL() has not been defined then
|
||||||
|
portmacro.h has not yet been included - as every portmacro.h provides a
|
||||||
|
portENTER_CRITICAL() definition. Check the demo application for your demo
|
||||||
|
to find the path to the correct portmacro.h file. */
|
||||||
|
#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
|
||||||
|
#include "portmacro.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
|
||||||
|
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0007 )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
|
||||||
|
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0003 )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
|
||||||
|
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0001 )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
|
||||||
|
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0000 )
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK
|
||||||
|
#error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
|
||||||
|
#define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||||
|
extern "C" {
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the
|
||||||
|
* scheduler control. The registers have to be placed on the stack in
|
||||||
|
* the order that the port expects to find them.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
|
||||||
|
portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters, portBASE_TYPE xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||||
|
void vPortFree( void *pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||||
|
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||||
|
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control. This generally
|
||||||
|
* sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so
|
||||||
|
* the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops
|
||||||
|
* executing.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the
|
||||||
|
* port layer.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information
|
||||||
|
* contained in xRegions.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
|
||||||
|
struct xMEMORY_REGION;
|
||||||
|
void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings, const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions, portSTACK_TYPE *pxBottomOfStack, unsigned short usStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* PORTABLE_H */
|
||||||
|
|
88
FreeRTOS/Source/include/projdefs.h
Normal file
88
FreeRTOS/Source/include/projdefs.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||||
|
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||||
|
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||||
|
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||||
|
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Thank you! *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||||
|
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||||
|
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||||
|
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||||
|
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||||
|
>>! kernel.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||||
|
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||||
|
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||||
|
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||||
|
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||||
|
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||||
|
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||||
|
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||||
|
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||||
|
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||||
|
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||||
|
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef PROJDEFS_H
|
||||||
|
#define PROJDEFS_H
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform. */
|
||||||
|
typedef void (*pdTASK_CODE)( void * );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define pdFALSE ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
|
||||||
|
#define pdTRUE ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 1 )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define pdPASS ( pdTRUE )
|
||||||
|
#define pdFAIL ( pdFALSE )
|
||||||
|
#define errQUEUE_EMPTY ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
|
||||||
|
#define errQUEUE_FULL ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Error definitions. */
|
||||||
|
#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY ( -1 )
|
||||||
|
#define errNO_TASK_TO_RUN ( -2 )
|
||||||
|
#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED ( -4 )
|
||||||
|
#define errQUEUE_YIELD ( -5 )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
1667
FreeRTOS/Source/include/queue.h
Normal file
1667
FreeRTOS/Source/include/queue.h
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
785
FreeRTOS/Source/include/semphr.h
Normal file
785
FreeRTOS/Source/include/semphr.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,785 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||||
|
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||||
|
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||||
|
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||||
|
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Thank you! *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||||
|
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||||
|
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||||
|
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||||
|
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||||
|
>>! kernel.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||||
|
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||||
|
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||||
|
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||||
|
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||||
|
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||||
|
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||||
|
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||||
|
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||||
|
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||||
|
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||||
|
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef SEMAPHORE_H
|
||||||
|
#define SEMAPHORE_H
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
|
||||||
|
#error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include semphr.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "queue.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef xQueueHandle xSemaphoreHandle;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define semBINARY_SEMAPHORE_QUEUE_LENGTH ( ( unsigned char ) 1U )
|
||||||
|
#define semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( ( unsigned char ) 0U )
|
||||||
|
#define semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME ( ( portTickType ) 0U )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* semphr. h
|
||||||
|
* <pre>vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore )</pre>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* <i>Macro</i> that implements a semaphore by using the existing queue mechanism.
|
||||||
|
* The queue length is 1 as this is a binary semaphore. The data size is 0
|
||||||
|
* as we don't want to actually store any data - we just want to know if the
|
||||||
|
* queue is empty or full.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
|
||||||
|
* between an interrupt and a task. The semaphore need not be given back once
|
||||||
|
* obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
|
||||||
|
* another continuously 'takes' the semaphore. For this reason this type of
|
||||||
|
* semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism. For an alternative
|
||||||
|
* that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xSemaphore Handle to the created semaphore. Should be of type xSemaphoreHandle.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
<pre>
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary ().
|
||||||
|
// This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
|
||||||
|
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// The semaphore was created successfully.
|
||||||
|
// The semaphore can now be used.
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
* \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateBinary vSemaphoreCreateBinary
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup Semaphores
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore ) \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
( xSemaphore ) = xQueueGenericCreate( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE ); \
|
||||||
|
if( ( xSemaphore ) != NULL ) \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
( void ) xSemaphoreGive( ( xSemaphore ) ); \
|
||||||
|
} \
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* semphr. h
|
||||||
|
* <pre>xSemaphoreTake(
|
||||||
|
* xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore,
|
||||||
|
* portTickType xBlockTime
|
||||||
|
* )</pre>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* <i>Macro</i> to obtain a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
|
||||||
|
* created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
|
||||||
|
* xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken - obtained when
|
||||||
|
* the semaphore was created.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
|
||||||
|
* available. The macro portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert this to a
|
||||||
|
* real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. A block
|
||||||
|
* time of portMAX_DELAY can be used to block indefinitely (provided
|
||||||
|
* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h).
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE
|
||||||
|
* if xBlockTime expired without the semaphore becoming available.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
<pre>
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// A task that creates a semaphore.
|
||||||
|
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
|
||||||
|
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// A task that uses the semaphore.
|
||||||
|
void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// ... Do other things.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// See if we can obtain the semaphore. If the semaphore is not available
|
||||||
|
// wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
|
||||||
|
if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// We were able to obtain the semaphore and can now access the
|
||||||
|
// shared resource.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// ...
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// We have finished accessing the shared resource. Release the
|
||||||
|
// semaphore.
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// We could not obtain the semaphore and can therefore not access
|
||||||
|
// the shared resource safely.
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
* \defgroup xSemaphoreTake xSemaphoreTake
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup Semaphores
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* semphr. h
|
||||||
|
* xSemaphoreTakeRecursive(
|
||||||
|
* xSemaphoreHandle xMutex,
|
||||||
|
* portTickType xBlockTime
|
||||||
|
* )
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* <i>Macro</i> to recursively obtain, or 'take', a mutex type semaphore.
|
||||||
|
* The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
|
||||||
|
* xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
|
||||||
|
* macro to be available.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
|
||||||
|
* doesn't become available again until the owner has called
|
||||||
|
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
|
||||||
|
* if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
|
||||||
|
* not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
|
||||||
|
* exactly five times.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being obtained. This is the
|
||||||
|
* handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
|
||||||
|
* available. The macro portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert this to a
|
||||||
|
* real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. If
|
||||||
|
* the task already owns the semaphore then xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() will
|
||||||
|
* return immediately no matter what the value of xBlockTime.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE if xBlockTime
|
||||||
|
* expired without the semaphore becoming available.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
<pre>
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreHandle xMutex = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// A task that creates a mutex.
|
||||||
|
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
|
||||||
|
xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// A task that uses the mutex.
|
||||||
|
void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// ... Do other things.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( xMutex != NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// See if we can obtain the mutex. If the mutex is not available
|
||||||
|
// wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
|
||||||
|
if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
|
||||||
|
// shared resource.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// ...
|
||||||
|
// For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
|
||||||
|
// xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex. In real
|
||||||
|
// code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
|
||||||
|
// no sense. Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
|
||||||
|
// a more complex call structure.
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
|
||||||
|
// available to another task until it has also been given back
|
||||||
|
// three times. Again it is unlikely that real code would have
|
||||||
|
// these calls sequentially, but instead buried in a more complex
|
||||||
|
// call structure. This is just for illustrative purposes.
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
|
||||||
|
// the shared resource safely.
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
* \defgroup xSemaphoreTakeRecursive xSemaphoreTakeRecursive
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup Semaphores
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, xBlockTime ) xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ), ( xBlockTime ) )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* xSemaphoreAltTake() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreTake().
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much
|
||||||
|
* simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section.
|
||||||
|
* This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the
|
||||||
|
* preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more
|
||||||
|
* complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of
|
||||||
|
* critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt
|
||||||
|
* responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API
|
||||||
|
* sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define xSemaphoreAltTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* semphr. h
|
||||||
|
* <pre>xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore )</pre>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
|
||||||
|
* created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
|
||||||
|
* xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). and obtained using sSemaphoreTake().
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This macro must not be used from an ISR. See xSemaphoreGiveFromISR () for
|
||||||
|
* an alternative which can be used from an ISR.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This macro must also not be used on semaphores created using
|
||||||
|
* xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex().
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the
|
||||||
|
* handle returned when the semaphore was created.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was released. pdFALSE if an error occurred.
|
||||||
|
* Semaphores are implemented using queues. An error can occur if there is
|
||||||
|
* no space on the queue to post a message - indicating that the
|
||||||
|
* semaphore was not first obtained correctly.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
<pre>
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
|
||||||
|
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// We would expect this call to fail because we cannot give
|
||||||
|
// a semaphore without first "taking" it!
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Obtain the semaphore - don't block if the semaphore is not
|
||||||
|
// immediately available.
|
||||||
|
if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 0 ) )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// We now have the semaphore and can access the shared resource.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// ...
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// We have finished accessing the shared resource so can free the
|
||||||
|
// semaphore.
|
||||||
|
if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// We would not expect this call to fail because we must have
|
||||||
|
// obtained the semaphore to get here.
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
* \defgroup xSemaphoreGive xSemaphoreGive
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup Semaphores
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* semphr. h
|
||||||
|
* <pre>xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xSemaphoreHandle xMutex )</pre>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* <i>Macro</i> to recursively release, or 'give', a mutex type semaphore.
|
||||||
|
* The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
|
||||||
|
* xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
|
||||||
|
* macro to be available.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
|
||||||
|
* doesn't become available again until the owner has called
|
||||||
|
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
|
||||||
|
* if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
|
||||||
|
* not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
|
||||||
|
* exactly five times.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being released, or 'given'. This is the
|
||||||
|
* handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was given.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
<pre>
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreHandle xMutex = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// A task that creates a mutex.
|
||||||
|
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
|
||||||
|
xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// A task that uses the mutex.
|
||||||
|
void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// ... Do other things.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( xMutex != NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// See if we can obtain the mutex. If the mutex is not available
|
||||||
|
// wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
|
||||||
|
if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
|
||||||
|
// shared resource.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// ...
|
||||||
|
// For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
|
||||||
|
// xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex. In real
|
||||||
|
// code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
|
||||||
|
// no sense. Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
|
||||||
|
// a more complex call structure.
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
|
||||||
|
// available to another task until it has also been given back
|
||||||
|
// three times. Again it is unlikely that real code would have
|
||||||
|
// these calls sequentially, it would be more likely that the calls
|
||||||
|
// to xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() would be called as a call stack
|
||||||
|
// unwound. This is just for demonstrative purposes.
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
|
||||||
|
// the shared resource safely.
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
* \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveRecursive xSemaphoreGiveRecursive
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup Semaphores
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ) xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ) )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* xSemaphoreAltGive() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreGive().
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much
|
||||||
|
* simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section.
|
||||||
|
* This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the
|
||||||
|
* preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more
|
||||||
|
* complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of
|
||||||
|
* critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt
|
||||||
|
* responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API
|
||||||
|
* sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define xSemaphoreAltGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* semphr. h
|
||||||
|
* <pre>
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreGiveFromISR(
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore,
|
||||||
|
signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
|
||||||
|
)</pre>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
|
||||||
|
* created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary() or xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex())
|
||||||
|
* must not be used with this macro.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This macro can be used from an ISR.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the
|
||||||
|
* handle returned when the semaphore was created.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() will set
|
||||||
|
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if giving the semaphore caused a task
|
||||||
|
* to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
|
||||||
|
* running task. If xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
|
||||||
|
* a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully given, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
<pre>
|
||||||
|
\#define LONG_TIME 0xffff
|
||||||
|
\#define TICKS_TO_WAIT 10
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Repetitive task.
|
||||||
|
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
for( ;; )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// We want this task to run every 10 ticks of a timer. The semaphore
|
||||||
|
// was created before this task was started.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Block waiting for the semaphore to become available.
|
||||||
|
if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, LONG_TIME ) == pdTRUE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// It is time to execute.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// ...
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// We have finished our task. Return to the top of the loop where
|
||||||
|
// we will block on the semaphore until it is time to execute
|
||||||
|
// again. Note when using the semaphore for synchronisation with an
|
||||||
|
// ISR in this manner there is no need to 'give' the semaphore back.
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Timer ISR
|
||||||
|
void vTimerISR( void * pvParameters )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
static unsigned char ucLocalTickCount = 0;
|
||||||
|
static signed portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// A timer tick has occurred.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// ... Do other time functions.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Is it time for vATask () to run?
|
||||||
|
xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
|
||||||
|
ucLocalTickCount++;
|
||||||
|
if( ucLocalTickCount >= TICKS_TO_WAIT )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Unblock the task by releasing the semaphore.
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Reset the count so we release the semaphore again in 10 ticks time.
|
||||||
|
ucLocalTickCount = 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// We can force a context switch here. Context switching from an
|
||||||
|
// ISR uses port specific syntax. Check the demo task for your port
|
||||||
|
// to find the syntax required.
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
* \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveFromISR xSemaphoreGiveFromISR
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup Semaphores
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* semphr. h
|
||||||
|
* <pre>
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreTakeFromISR(
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore,
|
||||||
|
signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
|
||||||
|
)</pre>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* <i>Macro</i> to take a semaphore from an ISR. The semaphore must have
|
||||||
|
* previously been created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary() or
|
||||||
|
* xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex())
|
||||||
|
* must not be used with this macro.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This macro can be used from an ISR, however taking a semaphore from an ISR
|
||||||
|
* is not a common operation. It is likely to only be useful when taking a
|
||||||
|
* counting semaphore when an interrupt is obtaining an object from a resource
|
||||||
|
* pool (when the semaphore count indicates the number of resources available).
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken. This is the
|
||||||
|
* handle returned when the semaphore was created.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() will set
|
||||||
|
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if taking the semaphore caused a task
|
||||||
|
* to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
|
||||||
|
* running task. If xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
|
||||||
|
* a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully taken, otherwise
|
||||||
|
* pdFALSE
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define xSemaphoreTakeFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueReceiveFromISR( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* semphr. h
|
||||||
|
* <pre>xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateMutex( void )</pre>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* <i>Macro</i> that implements a mutex semaphore by using the existing queue
|
||||||
|
* mechanism.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake()
|
||||||
|
* and xSemaphoreGive() macros. The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and
|
||||||
|
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros should not be used.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
|
||||||
|
* 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
|
||||||
|
* semaphore it is no longer required.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
|
||||||
|
* used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
|
||||||
|
* semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
|
||||||
|
* service routines.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type
|
||||||
|
* xSemaphoreHandle.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
<pre>
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
|
||||||
|
// This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
|
||||||
|
xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// The semaphore was created successfully.
|
||||||
|
// The semaphore can now be used.
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
* \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup Semaphores
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define xSemaphoreCreateMutex() xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* semphr. h
|
||||||
|
* <pre>xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex( void )</pre>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* <i>Macro</i> that implements a recursive mutex by using the existing queue
|
||||||
|
* mechanism.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the
|
||||||
|
* xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros. The
|
||||||
|
* xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros should not be used.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
|
||||||
|
* doesn't become available again until the owner has called
|
||||||
|
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
|
||||||
|
* if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
|
||||||
|
* not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
|
||||||
|
* exactly five times.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
|
||||||
|
* 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
|
||||||
|
* semaphore it is no longer required.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
|
||||||
|
* used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
|
||||||
|
* semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
|
||||||
|
* service routines.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type
|
||||||
|
* xSemaphoreHandle.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
<pre>
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
|
||||||
|
// This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
|
||||||
|
xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// The semaphore was created successfully.
|
||||||
|
// The semaphore can now be used.
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
* \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup Semaphores
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* semphr. h
|
||||||
|
* <pre>xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateCounting( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxMaxCount, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount )</pre>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* <i>Macro</i> that creates a counting semaphore by using the existing
|
||||||
|
* queue mechanism.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Counting semaphores are typically used for two things:
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* 1) Counting events.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time
|
||||||
|
* an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler
|
||||||
|
* task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event
|
||||||
|
* (decrementing the semaphore count value). The count value is therefore
|
||||||
|
* the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the
|
||||||
|
* number that have been processed. In this case it is desirable for the
|
||||||
|
* initial count value to be zero.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* 2) Resource management.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources
|
||||||
|
* available. To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a
|
||||||
|
* semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value. When the count value
|
||||||
|
* reaches zero there are no free resources. When a task finishes with the
|
||||||
|
* resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count
|
||||||
|
* value. In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be
|
||||||
|
* equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached. When the
|
||||||
|
* semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is
|
||||||
|
* created.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return Handle to the created semaphore. Null if the semaphore could not be
|
||||||
|
* created.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
<pre>
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
|
||||||
|
// The max value to which the semaphore can count should be 10, and the
|
||||||
|
// initial value assigned to the count should be 0.
|
||||||
|
xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0 );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// The semaphore was created successfully.
|
||||||
|
// The semaphore can now be used.
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
* \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCounting xSemaphoreCreateCounting
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup Semaphores
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define xSemaphoreCreateCounting( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount ) xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ) )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* semphr. h
|
||||||
|
* <pre>void vSemaphoreDelete( xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore );</pre>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Delete a semaphore. This function must be used with care. For example,
|
||||||
|
* do not delete a mutex type semaphore if the mutex is held by a task.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore to be deleted.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \defgroup vSemaphoreDelete vSemaphoreDelete
|
||||||
|
* \ingroup Semaphores
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define vSemaphoreDelete( xSemaphore ) vQueueDelete( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ) )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* semphr.h
|
||||||
|
* <pre>xTaskHandle xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( xSemaphoreHandle xMutex );</pre>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* If xMutex is indeed a mutex type semaphore, return the current mutex holder.
|
||||||
|
* If xMutex is not a mutex type semaphore, or the mutex is available (not held
|
||||||
|
* by a task), return NULL.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Note: This Is is a good way of determining if the calling task is the mutex
|
||||||
|
* holder, but not a good way of determining the identity of the mutex holder as
|
||||||
|
* the holder may change between the function exiting and the returned value
|
||||||
|
* being tested.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( xSemaphore ) xQueueGetMutexHolder( ( xSemaphore ) )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* SEMAPHORE_H */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
1519
FreeRTOS/Source/include/task.h
Normal file
1519
FreeRTOS/Source/include/task.h
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
959
FreeRTOS/Source/include/timers.h
Normal file
959
FreeRTOS/Source/include/timers.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,959 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||||
|
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||||
|
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||||
|
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||||
|
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Thank you! *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||||
|
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||||
|
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||||
|
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||||
|
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||||
|
>>! kernel.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||||
|
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||||
|
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||||
|
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||||
|
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||||
|
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||||
|
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||||
|
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||||
|
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||||
|
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||||
|
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||||
|
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef TIMERS_H
|
||||||
|
#define TIMERS_H
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
|
||||||
|
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include timers.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*lint -e537 This headers are only multiply included if the application code
|
||||||
|
happens to also be including task.h. */
|
||||||
|
#include "task.h"
|
||||||
|
/*lint +e956 */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||||
|
extern "C" {
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* IDs for commands that can be sent/received on the timer queue. These are to
|
||||||
|
be used solely through the macros that make up the public software timer API,
|
||||||
|
as defined below. */
|
||||||
|
#define tmrCOMMAND_START ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
|
||||||
|
#define tmrCOMMAND_STOP ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 1 )
|
||||||
|
#define tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 2 )
|
||||||
|
#define tmrCOMMAND_DELETE ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 3 )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||||
|
* MACROS AND DEFINITIONS
|
||||||
|
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Type by which software timers are referenced. For example, a call to
|
||||||
|
* xTimerCreate() returns an xTimerHandle variable that can then be used to
|
||||||
|
* reference the subject timer in calls to other software timer API functions
|
||||||
|
* (for example, xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), etc.).
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
typedef void * xTimerHandle;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Define the prototype to which timer callback functions must conform. */
|
||||||
|
typedef void (*tmrTIMER_CALLBACK)( xTimerHandle xTimer );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char *pcTimerName,
|
||||||
|
* portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks,
|
||||||
|
* unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload,
|
||||||
|
* void * pvTimerID,
|
||||||
|
* tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction );
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Creates a new software timer instance. This allocates the storage required
|
||||||
|
* by the new timer, initialises the new timers internal state, and returns a
|
||||||
|
* handle by which the new timer can be referenced.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Timers are created in the dormant state. The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
|
||||||
|
* xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
|
||||||
|
* xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a timer into the
|
||||||
|
* active state.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pcTimerName A text name that is assigned to the timer. This is done
|
||||||
|
* purely to assist debugging. The kernel itself only ever references a timer by
|
||||||
|
* its handle, and never by its name.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xTimerPeriodInTicks The timer period. The time is defined in tick periods so
|
||||||
|
* the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time that has been
|
||||||
|
* specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must expire after 100
|
||||||
|
* ticks, then xTimerPeriodInTicks should be set to 100. Alternatively, if the timer
|
||||||
|
* must expire after 500ms, then xPeriod can be set to ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS )
|
||||||
|
* provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than or equal to 1000.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
|
||||||
|
* expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the xTimerPeriodInTicks parameter. If
|
||||||
|
* uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
|
||||||
|
* enter the dormant state after it expires.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pvTimerID An identifier that is assigned to the timer being created.
|
||||||
|
* Typically this would be used in the timer callback function to identify which
|
||||||
|
* timer expired when the same callback function is assigned to more than one
|
||||||
|
* timer.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pxCallbackFunction The function to call when the timer expires.
|
||||||
|
* Callback functions must have the prototype defined by tmrTIMER_CALLBACK,
|
||||||
|
* which is "void vCallbackFunction( xTimerHandle xTimer );".
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return If the timer is successfully create then a handle to the newly
|
||||||
|
* created timer is returned. If the timer cannot be created (because either
|
||||||
|
* there is insufficient FreeRTOS heap remaining to allocate the timer
|
||||||
|
* structures, or the timer period was set to 0) then 0 is returned.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
* @verbatim
|
||||||
|
* #define NUM_TIMERS 5
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // An array to hold handles to the created timers.
|
||||||
|
* xTimerHandle xTimers[ NUM_TIMERS ];
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // An array to hold a count of the number of times each timer expires.
|
||||||
|
* long lExpireCounters[ NUM_TIMERS ] = { 0 };
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // Define a callback function that will be used by multiple timer instances.
|
||||||
|
* // The callback function does nothing but count the number of times the
|
||||||
|
* // associated timer expires, and stop the timer once the timer has expired
|
||||||
|
* // 10 times.
|
||||||
|
* void vTimerCallback( xTimerHandle pxTimer )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* long lArrayIndex;
|
||||||
|
* const long xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping = 10;
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // Optionally do something if the pxTimer parameter is NULL.
|
||||||
|
* configASSERT( pxTimer );
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // Which timer expired?
|
||||||
|
* lArrayIndex = ( long ) pvTimerGetTimerID( pxTimer );
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // Increment the number of times that pxTimer has expired.
|
||||||
|
* lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] += 1;
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // If the timer has expired 10 times then stop it from running.
|
||||||
|
* if( lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] == xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // Do not use a block time if calling a timer API function from a
|
||||||
|
* // timer callback function, as doing so could cause a deadlock!
|
||||||
|
* xTimerStop( pxTimer, 0 );
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* void main( void )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* long x;
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // Create then start some timers. Starting the timers before the scheduler
|
||||||
|
* // has been started means the timers will start running immediately that
|
||||||
|
* // the scheduler starts.
|
||||||
|
* for( x = 0; x < NUM_TIMERS; x++ )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* xTimers[ x ] = xTimerCreate( "Timer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
|
||||||
|
* ( 100 * x ), // The timer period in ticks.
|
||||||
|
* pdTRUE, // The timers will auto-reload themselves when they expire.
|
||||||
|
* ( void * ) x, // Assign each timer a unique id equal to its array index.
|
||||||
|
* vTimerCallback // Each timer calls the same callback when it expires.
|
||||||
|
* );
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* if( xTimers[ x ] == NULL )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // The timer was not created.
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* else
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // Start the timer. No block time is specified, and even if one was
|
||||||
|
* // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been
|
||||||
|
* // started.
|
||||||
|
* if( xTimerStart( xTimers[ x ], 0 ) != pdPASS )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // The timer could not be set into the Active state.
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // ...
|
||||||
|
* // Create tasks here.
|
||||||
|
* // ...
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // Starting the scheduler will start the timers running as they have already
|
||||||
|
* // been set into the active state.
|
||||||
|
* xTaskStartScheduler();
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // Should not reach here.
|
||||||
|
* for( ;; );
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* @endverbatim
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char * const pcTimerName, portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload, void * pvTimerID, tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer );
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Returns the ID assigned to the timer.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* IDs are assigned to timers using the pvTimerID parameter of the call to
|
||||||
|
* xTimerCreated() that was used to create the timer.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* If the same callback function is assigned to multiple timers then the timer
|
||||||
|
* ID can be used within the callback function to identify which timer actually
|
||||||
|
* expired.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xTimer The timer being queried.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return The ID assigned to the timer being queried.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer );
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Queries a timer to see if it is active or dormant.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* A timer will be dormant if:
|
||||||
|
* 1) It has been created but not started, or
|
||||||
|
* 2) It is an expired on-shot timer that has not been restarted.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Timers are created in the dormant state. The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
|
||||||
|
* xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
|
||||||
|
* xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a timer into the
|
||||||
|
* active state.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xTimer The timer being queried.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is dormant. A value other than
|
||||||
|
* pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is active.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
* @verbatim
|
||||||
|
* // This function assumes xTimer has already been created.
|
||||||
|
* void vAFunction( xTimerHandle xTimer )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )"
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // xTimer is active, do something.
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* else
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // xTimer is not active, do something else.
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* @endverbatim
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() is only available if
|
||||||
|
* INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Simply returns the handle of the timer service/daemon task. It it not valid
|
||||||
|
* to call xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() before the scheduler has been started.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
xTaskHandle xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerStart( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
|
||||||
|
* public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
|
||||||
|
* though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
|
||||||
|
* private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
|
||||||
|
* code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
|
||||||
|
* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* xTimerStart() starts a timer that was previously created using the
|
||||||
|
* xTimerCreate() API function. If the timer had already been started and was
|
||||||
|
* already in the active state, then xTimerStart() has equivalent functionality
|
||||||
|
* to the xTimerReset() API function.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Starting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state. If the timer
|
||||||
|
* is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function
|
||||||
|
* associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerStart() was
|
||||||
|
* called, where 'n' is the timers defined period.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* It is valid to call xTimerStart() before the scheduler has been started, but
|
||||||
|
* when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is
|
||||||
|
* started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is
|
||||||
|
* started, not relative to when xTimerStart() was called.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStart()
|
||||||
|
* to be available.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
|
||||||
|
* be held in the Blocked state to wait for the start command to be successfully
|
||||||
|
* sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
|
||||||
|
* xTimerStart() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerStart() is called
|
||||||
|
* before the scheduler is started.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to
|
||||||
|
* the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
|
||||||
|
* be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
|
||||||
|
* When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
|
||||||
|
* timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the
|
||||||
|
* timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called. The
|
||||||
|
* timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
|
||||||
|
* configuration constant.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define xTimerStart( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerStop( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
|
||||||
|
* public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
|
||||||
|
* though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
|
||||||
|
* private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
|
||||||
|
* code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
|
||||||
|
* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* xTimerStop() stops a timer that was previously started using either of the
|
||||||
|
* The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(),
|
||||||
|
* xTimerChangePeriod() or xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Stopping a timer ensures the timer is not in the active state.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStop()
|
||||||
|
* to be available.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
|
||||||
|
* be held in the Blocked state to wait for the stop command to be successfully
|
||||||
|
* sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
|
||||||
|
* xTimerStop() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerStop() is called
|
||||||
|
* before the scheduler is started.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to
|
||||||
|
* the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
|
||||||
|
* be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
|
||||||
|
* When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
|
||||||
|
* timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer
|
||||||
|
* service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
|
||||||
|
* configuration constant.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define xTimerStop( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP, 0U, NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerChangePeriod( xTimerHandle xTimer,
|
||||||
|
* portTickType xNewPeriod,
|
||||||
|
* portTickType xBlockTime );
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
|
||||||
|
* public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
|
||||||
|
* though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
|
||||||
|
* private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
|
||||||
|
* code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
|
||||||
|
* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* xTimerChangePeriod() changes the period of a timer that was previously
|
||||||
|
* created using the xTimerCreate() API function.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* xTimerChangePeriod() can be called to change the period of an active or
|
||||||
|
* dormant state timer.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for
|
||||||
|
* xTimerChangePeriod() to be available.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in
|
||||||
|
* tick periods, so the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time
|
||||||
|
* that has been specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must
|
||||||
|
* expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively,
|
||||||
|
* if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to
|
||||||
|
* ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than
|
||||||
|
* or equal to 1000.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
|
||||||
|
* be held in the Blocked state to wait for the change period command to be
|
||||||
|
* successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be
|
||||||
|
* full when xTimerChangePeriod() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if
|
||||||
|
* xTimerChangePeriod() is called before the scheduler is started.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the change period command could not be
|
||||||
|
* sent to the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed.
|
||||||
|
* pdPASS will be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer
|
||||||
|
* command queue. When the command is actually processed will depend on the
|
||||||
|
* priority of the timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the
|
||||||
|
* system. The timer service/daemon task priority is set by the
|
||||||
|
* configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
* @verbatim
|
||||||
|
* // This function assumes xTimer has already been created. If the timer
|
||||||
|
* // referenced by xTimer is already active when it is called, then the timer
|
||||||
|
* // is deleted. If the timer referenced by xTimer is not active when it is
|
||||||
|
* // called, then the period of the timer is set to 500ms and the timer is
|
||||||
|
* // started.
|
||||||
|
* void vAFunction( xTimerHandle xTimer )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )"
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // xTimer is already active - delete it.
|
||||||
|
* xTimerDelete( xTimer );
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* else
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // xTimer is not active, change its period to 500ms. This will also
|
||||||
|
* // cause the timer to start. Block for a maximum of 100 ticks if the
|
||||||
|
* // change period command cannot immediately be sent to the timer
|
||||||
|
* // command queue.
|
||||||
|
* if( xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS, 100 ) == pdPASS )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // The command was successfully sent.
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* else
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // The command could not be sent, even after waiting for 100 ticks
|
||||||
|
* // to pass. Take appropriate action here.
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* @endverbatim
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, xNewPeriod, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD, ( xNewPeriod ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerDelete( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
|
||||||
|
* public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
|
||||||
|
* though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
|
||||||
|
* private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
|
||||||
|
* code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
|
||||||
|
* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* xTimerDelete() deletes a timer that was previously created using the
|
||||||
|
* xTimerCreate() API function.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for
|
||||||
|
* xTimerDelete() to be available.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being deleted.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
|
||||||
|
* be held in the Blocked state to wait for the delete command to be
|
||||||
|
* successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be
|
||||||
|
* full when xTimerDelete() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerDelete()
|
||||||
|
* is called before the scheduler is started.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the delete command could not be sent to
|
||||||
|
* the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
|
||||||
|
* be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
|
||||||
|
* When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
|
||||||
|
* timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer
|
||||||
|
* service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
|
||||||
|
* configuration constant.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* See the xTimerChangePeriod() API function example usage scenario.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define xTimerDelete( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_DELETE, 0U, NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerReset( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
|
||||||
|
* public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
|
||||||
|
* though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
|
||||||
|
* private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
|
||||||
|
* code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
|
||||||
|
* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* xTimerReset() re-starts a timer that was previously created using the
|
||||||
|
* xTimerCreate() API function. If the timer had already been started and was
|
||||||
|
* already in the active state, then xTimerReset() will cause the timer to
|
||||||
|
* re-evaluate its expiry time so that it is relative to when xTimerReset() was
|
||||||
|
* called. If the timer was in the dormant state then xTimerReset() has
|
||||||
|
* equivalent functionality to the xTimerStart() API function.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Resetting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state. If the timer
|
||||||
|
* is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function
|
||||||
|
* associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerReset() was
|
||||||
|
* called, where 'n' is the timers defined period.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* It is valid to call xTimerReset() before the scheduler has been started, but
|
||||||
|
* when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is
|
||||||
|
* started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is
|
||||||
|
* started, not relative to when xTimerReset() was called.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerReset()
|
||||||
|
* to be available.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being reset/started/restarted.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
|
||||||
|
* be held in the Blocked state to wait for the reset command to be successfully
|
||||||
|
* sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
|
||||||
|
* xTimerReset() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerReset() is called
|
||||||
|
* before the scheduler is started.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to
|
||||||
|
* the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
|
||||||
|
* be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
|
||||||
|
* When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
|
||||||
|
* timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the
|
||||||
|
* timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called. The
|
||||||
|
* timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
|
||||||
|
* configuration constant.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
* @verbatim
|
||||||
|
* // When a key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass
|
||||||
|
* // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In
|
||||||
|
* // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* xTimerHandle xBacklightTimer = NULL;
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the
|
||||||
|
* // parameter is not used.
|
||||||
|
* void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTimerHandle pxTimer )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
|
||||||
|
* // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light.
|
||||||
|
* vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // The key press event handler.
|
||||||
|
* void vKeyPressEventHandler( char cKey )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is
|
||||||
|
* // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
|
||||||
|
* // key inactivity. Wait 10 ticks for the command to be successfully sent
|
||||||
|
* // if it cannot be sent immediately.
|
||||||
|
* vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
|
||||||
|
* if( xTimerReset( xBacklightTimer, 100 ) != pdPASS )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // The reset command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
|
||||||
|
* // action here.
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* void main( void )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* long x;
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // Create then start the one-shot timer that is responsible for turning
|
||||||
|
* // the back-light off if no keys are pressed within a 5 second period.
|
||||||
|
* xBacklightTimer = xTimerCreate( "BacklightTimer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
|
||||||
|
* ( 5000 / portTICK_RATE_MS), // The timer period in ticks.
|
||||||
|
* pdFALSE, // The timer is a one-shot timer.
|
||||||
|
* 0, // The id is not used by the callback so can take any value.
|
||||||
|
* vBacklightTimerCallback // The callback function that switches the LCD back-light off.
|
||||||
|
* );
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* if( xBacklightTimer == NULL )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // The timer was not created.
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* else
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // Start the timer. No block time is specified, and even if one was
|
||||||
|
* // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been
|
||||||
|
* // started.
|
||||||
|
* if( xTimerStart( xBacklightTimer, 0 ) != pdPASS )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // The timer could not be set into the Active state.
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // ...
|
||||||
|
* // Create tasks here.
|
||||||
|
* // ...
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // Starting the scheduler will start the timer running as it has already
|
||||||
|
* // been set into the active state.
|
||||||
|
* xTaskStartScheduler();
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // Should not reach here.
|
||||||
|
* for( ;; );
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* @endverbatim
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define xTimerReset( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerStartFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
|
||||||
|
* portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* A version of xTimerStart() that can be called from an interrupt service
|
||||||
|
* routine.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
|
||||||
|
* of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
|
||||||
|
* command queue. Calling xTimerStartFromISR() writes a message to the timer
|
||||||
|
* command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
|
||||||
|
* task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerStartFromISR() causes the
|
||||||
|
* timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
|
||||||
|
* daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
|
||||||
|
* task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
|
||||||
|
* get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStartFromISR() function. If
|
||||||
|
* xTimerStartFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
|
||||||
|
* be performed before the interrupt exits.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to
|
||||||
|
* the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was
|
||||||
|
* successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually
|
||||||
|
* processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
|
||||||
|
* relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is
|
||||||
|
* relative to when xTimerStartFromISR() is actually called. The timer service/daemon
|
||||||
|
* task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
* @verbatim
|
||||||
|
* // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created. When a
|
||||||
|
* // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass
|
||||||
|
* // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In
|
||||||
|
* // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for
|
||||||
|
* // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt
|
||||||
|
* // service routine.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the
|
||||||
|
* // parameter is not used.
|
||||||
|
* void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTimerHandle pxTimer )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
|
||||||
|
* // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light.
|
||||||
|
* vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // The key press interrupt service routine.
|
||||||
|
* void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then restart the timer that is
|
||||||
|
* // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
|
||||||
|
* // key inactivity. This is an interrupt service routine so can only
|
||||||
|
* // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR".
|
||||||
|
* vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here
|
||||||
|
* // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time.
|
||||||
|
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was
|
||||||
|
* // declared (in this function).
|
||||||
|
* if( xTimerStartFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // The start command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
|
||||||
|
* // action here.
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
|
||||||
|
* // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
|
||||||
|
* // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
|
||||||
|
* // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
|
||||||
|
* // actual syntax required.
|
||||||
|
* if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
|
||||||
|
* // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* @endverbatim
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define xTimerStartFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerStopFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
|
||||||
|
* portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* A version of xTimerStop() that can be called from an interrupt service
|
||||||
|
* routine.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
|
||||||
|
* of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
|
||||||
|
* command queue. Calling xTimerStopFromISR() writes a message to the timer
|
||||||
|
* command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
|
||||||
|
* task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerStopFromISR() causes the
|
||||||
|
* timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
|
||||||
|
* daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
|
||||||
|
* task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
|
||||||
|
* get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStopFromISR() function. If
|
||||||
|
* xTimerStopFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
|
||||||
|
* be performed before the interrupt exits.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to
|
||||||
|
* the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was
|
||||||
|
* successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually
|
||||||
|
* processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
|
||||||
|
* relative to other tasks in the system. The timer service/daemon task
|
||||||
|
* priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
* @verbatim
|
||||||
|
* // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started. When
|
||||||
|
* // an interrupt occurs, the timer should be simply stopped.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // The interrupt service routine that stops the timer.
|
||||||
|
* void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // The interrupt has occurred - simply stop the timer.
|
||||||
|
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined
|
||||||
|
* // (within this function). As this is an interrupt service routine, only
|
||||||
|
* // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used.
|
||||||
|
* if( xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // The stop command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
|
||||||
|
* // action here.
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
|
||||||
|
* // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
|
||||||
|
* // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
|
||||||
|
* // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
|
||||||
|
* // actual syntax required.
|
||||||
|
* if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
|
||||||
|
* // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* @endverbatim
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP, 0, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
|
||||||
|
* portTickType xNewPeriod,
|
||||||
|
* portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* A version of xTimerChangePeriod() that can be called from an interrupt
|
||||||
|
* service routine.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in
|
||||||
|
* tick periods, so the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time
|
||||||
|
* that has been specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must
|
||||||
|
* expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively,
|
||||||
|
* if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to
|
||||||
|
* ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than
|
||||||
|
* or equal to 1000.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
|
||||||
|
* of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
|
||||||
|
* command queue. Calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() writes a message to the
|
||||||
|
* timer command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/
|
||||||
|
* daemon task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR()
|
||||||
|
* causes the timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the
|
||||||
|
* timer service/daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the
|
||||||
|
* currently executing task (the task that was interrupted), then
|
||||||
|
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE internally within the
|
||||||
|
* xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() function. If xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() sets
|
||||||
|
* this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should be performed before the
|
||||||
|
* interrupt exits.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the command to change the timers period
|
||||||
|
* could not be sent to the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the
|
||||||
|
* command was successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command
|
||||||
|
* is actually processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon
|
||||||
|
* task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer service/daemon task
|
||||||
|
* priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
* @verbatim
|
||||||
|
* // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started. When
|
||||||
|
* // an interrupt occurs, the period of xTimer should be changed to 500ms.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // The interrupt service routine that changes the period of xTimer.
|
||||||
|
* void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // The interrupt has occurred - change the period of xTimer to 500ms.
|
||||||
|
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined
|
||||||
|
* // (within this function). As this is an interrupt service routine, only
|
||||||
|
* // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used.
|
||||||
|
* if( xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // The command to change the timers period was not executed
|
||||||
|
* // successfully. Take appropriate action here.
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
|
||||||
|
* // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
|
||||||
|
* // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
|
||||||
|
* // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
|
||||||
|
* // actual syntax required.
|
||||||
|
* if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
|
||||||
|
* // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* @endverbatim
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, xNewPeriod, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD, ( xNewPeriod ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerResetFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
|
||||||
|
* portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* A version of xTimerReset() that can be called from an interrupt service
|
||||||
|
* routine.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is to be started, reset, or
|
||||||
|
* restarted.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
|
||||||
|
* of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
|
||||||
|
* command queue. Calling xTimerResetFromISR() writes a message to the timer
|
||||||
|
* command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
|
||||||
|
* task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerResetFromISR() causes the
|
||||||
|
* timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
|
||||||
|
* daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
|
||||||
|
* task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
|
||||||
|
* get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerResetFromISR() function. If
|
||||||
|
* xTimerResetFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
|
||||||
|
* be performed before the interrupt exits.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to
|
||||||
|
* the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was
|
||||||
|
* successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually
|
||||||
|
* processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
|
||||||
|
* relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is
|
||||||
|
* relative to when xTimerResetFromISR() is actually called. The timer service/daemon
|
||||||
|
* task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Example usage:
|
||||||
|
* @verbatim
|
||||||
|
* // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created. When a
|
||||||
|
* // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass
|
||||||
|
* // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In
|
||||||
|
* // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for
|
||||||
|
* // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt
|
||||||
|
* // service routine.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the
|
||||||
|
* // parameter is not used.
|
||||||
|
* void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTimerHandle pxTimer )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
|
||||||
|
* // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light.
|
||||||
|
* vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // The key press interrupt service routine.
|
||||||
|
* void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is
|
||||||
|
* // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
|
||||||
|
* // key inactivity. This is an interrupt service routine so can only
|
||||||
|
* // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR".
|
||||||
|
* vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here
|
||||||
|
* // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time.
|
||||||
|
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was
|
||||||
|
* // declared (in this function).
|
||||||
|
* if( xTimerResetFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // The reset command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
|
||||||
|
* // action here.
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
|
||||||
|
* // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
|
||||||
|
* // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
|
||||||
|
* // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
|
||||||
|
* // actual syntax required.
|
||||||
|
* if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
|
||||||
|
* // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
* @endverbatim
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define xTimerResetFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Functions beyond this part are not part of the public API and are intended
|
||||||
|
* for use by the kernel only.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE xTimerGenericCommand( xTimerHandle xTimer, portBASE_TYPE xCommandID, portTickType xOptionalValue, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portTickType xBlockTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#endif /* TIMERS_H */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
203
FreeRTOS/Source/list.c
Normal file
203
FreeRTOS/Source/list.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||||
|
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||||
|
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||||
|
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||||
|
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Thank you! *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||||
|
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||||
|
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||||
|
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||||
|
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||||
|
>>! kernel.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||||
|
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||||
|
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||||
|
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||||
|
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||||
|
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||||
|
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||||
|
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||||
|
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||||
|
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||||
|
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||||
|
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
|
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "list.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||||
|
* PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
|
||||||
|
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void vListInitialise( xList * const pxList )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
|
||||||
|
end of the list. To initialise the list the list end is inserted
|
||||||
|
as the only list entry. */
|
||||||
|
pxList->pxIndex = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
|
||||||
|
ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
|
||||||
|
pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
|
||||||
|
when the list is empty. */
|
||||||
|
pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
|
||||||
|
pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );/*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void vListInitialiseItem( xListItem * const pxItem )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
|
||||||
|
pxItem->pvContainer = NULL;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void vListInsertEnd( xList * const pxList, xListItem * const pxNewListItem )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xListItem * pxIndex;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
|
||||||
|
makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
|
||||||
|
pvListGetOwnerOfNextEntry. */
|
||||||
|
pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex;
|
||||||
|
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;
|
||||||
|
pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
|
||||||
|
pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Remember which list the item is in. */
|
||||||
|
pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void vListInsert( xList * const pxList, xListItem * const pxNewListItem )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xListItem *pxIterator;
|
||||||
|
portTickType xValueOfInsertion;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in ulListItem order. */
|
||||||
|
xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then
|
||||||
|
the new list item should be placed after it. This ensures that TCB's which
|
||||||
|
are stored in ready lists (all of which have the same ulListItem value)
|
||||||
|
get an equal share of the CPU. However, if the xItemValue is the same as
|
||||||
|
the back marker the iteration loop below will not end. This means we need
|
||||||
|
to guard against this by checking the value first and modifying the
|
||||||
|
algorithm slightly if necessary. */
|
||||||
|
if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
|
||||||
|
If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are:
|
||||||
|
1) Stack overflow -
|
||||||
|
see http://www.freertos.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
|
||||||
|
2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M3
|
||||||
|
parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
|
||||||
|
interrupt priories, which can seem counter intuitive. See
|
||||||
|
configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html
|
||||||
|
3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
|
||||||
|
the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does
|
||||||
|
not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt.
|
||||||
|
4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
|
||||||
|
before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
|
||||||
|
before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
|
||||||
|
See http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html for more tips.
|
||||||
|
**********************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for( pxIterator = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* There is nothing to do here, we are just iterating to the
|
||||||
|
wanted insertion position. */
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
|
||||||
|
pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
|
||||||
|
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
|
||||||
|
pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Remember which list the item is in. This allows fast removal of the
|
||||||
|
item later. */
|
||||||
|
pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxListRemove( xListItem * const pxItemToRemove )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xList * pxList;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
|
||||||
|
pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list
|
||||||
|
item. */
|
||||||
|
pxList = ( xList * ) pxItemToRemove->pvContainer;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
|
||||||
|
if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
pxItemToRemove->pvContainer = NULL;
|
||||||
|
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return pxList->uxNumberOfItems;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
167
FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_1.c
Normal file
167
FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_1.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||||
|
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||||
|
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||||
|
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||||
|
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Thank you! *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||||
|
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||||
|
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||||
|
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||||
|
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||||
|
>>! kernel.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||||
|
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||||
|
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||||
|
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||||
|
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||||
|
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||||
|
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||||
|
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||||
|
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||||
|
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||||
|
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||||
|
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* The simplest possible implementation of pvPortMalloc(). Note that this
|
||||||
|
* implementation does NOT allow allocated memory to be freed again.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* See heap_2.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
|
||||||
|
* memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
|
||||||
|
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
|
||||||
|
task.h is included from an application file. */
|
||||||
|
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "task.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* A few bytes might be lost to byte aligning the heap start address. */
|
||||||
|
#define configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - portBYTE_ALIGNMENT )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
|
||||||
|
static unsigned char ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
|
||||||
|
static size_t xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
void *pvReturn = NULL;
|
||||||
|
static unsigned char *pucAlignedHeap = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */
|
||||||
|
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT != 1
|
||||||
|
if( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Byte alignment required. */
|
||||||
|
xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
vTaskSuspendAll();
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if( pucAlignedHeap == NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
|
||||||
|
pucAlignedHeap = ( unsigned char * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) &ucHeap[ portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ] ) & ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Check there is enough room left for the allocation. */
|
||||||
|
if( ( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) < configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) &&
|
||||||
|
( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) > xNextFreeByte ) )/* Check for overflow. */
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Return the next free byte then increment the index past this
|
||||||
|
block. */
|
||||||
|
pvReturn = pucAlignedHeap + xNextFreeByte;
|
||||||
|
xNextFreeByte += xWantedSize;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
xTaskResumeAll();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if( pvReturn == NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
|
||||||
|
vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return pvReturn;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void vPortFree( void *pv )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Memory cannot be freed using this scheme. See heap_2.c, heap_3.c and
|
||||||
|
heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the memory management pages of
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information. */
|
||||||
|
( void ) pv;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Force an assert as it is invalid to call this function. */
|
||||||
|
configASSERT( pv == NULL );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Only required when static memory is not cleared. */
|
||||||
|
xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return ( configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE - xNextFreeByte );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
295
FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_2.c
Normal file
295
FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_2.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||||
|
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||||
|
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||||
|
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||||
|
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Thank you! *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||||
|
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||||
|
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||||
|
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||||
|
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||||
|
>>! kernel.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||||
|
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||||
|
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||||
|
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||||
|
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||||
|
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||||
|
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||||
|
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||||
|
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||||
|
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||||
|
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||||
|
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that permits
|
||||||
|
* allocated blocks to be freed, but does not combine adjacent free blocks
|
||||||
|
* into a single larger block (and so will fragment memory). See heap_4.c for
|
||||||
|
* an equivalent that does combine adjacent blocks into single larger blocks.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* See heap_1.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
|
||||||
|
* memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
|
||||||
|
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
|
||||||
|
task.h is included from an application file. */
|
||||||
|
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "task.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* A few bytes might be lost to byte aligning the heap start address. */
|
||||||
|
#define configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - portBYTE_ALIGNMENT )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Initialises the heap structures before their first use.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
static void prvHeapInit( void );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
|
||||||
|
static unsigned char ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Define the linked list structure. This is used to link free blocks in order
|
||||||
|
of their size. */
|
||||||
|
typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock; /*<< The next free block in the list. */
|
||||||
|
size_t xBlockSize; /*<< The size of the free block. */
|
||||||
|
} xBlockLink;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static const unsigned short heapSTRUCT_SIZE = ( ( sizeof ( xBlockLink ) + ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) & ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
|
||||||
|
#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( heapSTRUCT_SIZE * 2 ) )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
|
||||||
|
static xBlockLink xStart, xEnd;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
|
||||||
|
fragmentation. */
|
||||||
|
static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* STATIC FUNCTIONS ARE DEFINED AS MACROS TO MINIMIZE THE FUNCTION CALL DEPTH. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Insert a block into the list of free blocks - which is ordered by size of
|
||||||
|
* the block. Small blocks at the start of the list and large blocks at the end
|
||||||
|
* of the list.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxBlockToInsert ) \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
xBlockLink *pxIterator; \
|
||||||
|
size_t xBlockSize; \
|
||||||
|
\
|
||||||
|
xBlockSize = pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize; \
|
||||||
|
\
|
||||||
|
/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a larger size */ \
|
||||||
|
/* than the block we are inserting. */ \
|
||||||
|
for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize < xBlockSize; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock ) \
|
||||||
|
{ \
|
||||||
|
/* There is nothing to do here - just iterate to the correct position. */ \
|
||||||
|
} \
|
||||||
|
\
|
||||||
|
/* Update the list to include the block being inserted in the correct */ \
|
||||||
|
/* position. */ \
|
||||||
|
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock; \
|
||||||
|
pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert; \
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xBlockLink *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
|
||||||
|
static portBASE_TYPE xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdFALSE;
|
||||||
|
void *pvReturn = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
vTaskSuspendAll();
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
|
||||||
|
initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
|
||||||
|
if( xHeapHasBeenInitialised == pdFALSE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
prvHeapInit();
|
||||||
|
xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdTRUE;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a xBlockLink
|
||||||
|
structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
|
||||||
|
if( xWantedSize > 0 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xWantedSize += heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */
|
||||||
|
if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Byte alignment required. */
|
||||||
|
xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize < configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Blocks are stored in byte order - traverse the list from the start
|
||||||
|
(smallest) block until one of adequate size is found. */
|
||||||
|
pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
|
||||||
|
pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
|
||||||
|
while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
|
||||||
|
pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* If we found the end marker then a block of adequate size was not found. */
|
||||||
|
if( pxBlock != &xEnd )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Return the memory space - jumping over the xBlockLink structure
|
||||||
|
at its start. */
|
||||||
|
pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + heapSTRUCT_SIZE );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out of the
|
||||||
|
list of free blocks. */
|
||||||
|
pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into two. */
|
||||||
|
if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* This block is to be split into two. Create a new block
|
||||||
|
following the number of bytes requested. The void cast is
|
||||||
|
used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the compiler. */
|
||||||
|
pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the single
|
||||||
|
block. */
|
||||||
|
pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
|
||||||
|
pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
|
||||||
|
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
xTaskResumeAll();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if( pvReturn == NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
|
||||||
|
vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return pvReturn;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void vPortFree( void *pv )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
unsigned char *puc = ( unsigned char * ) pv;
|
||||||
|
xBlockLink *pxLink;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( pv != NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* The memory being freed will have an xBlockLink structure immediately
|
||||||
|
before it. */
|
||||||
|
puc -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* This unexpected casting is to keep some compilers from issuing
|
||||||
|
byte alignment warnings. */
|
||||||
|
pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
vTaskSuspendAll();
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
|
||||||
|
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( xBlockLink * ) pxLink ) );
|
||||||
|
xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
xTaskResumeAll();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return xFreeBytesRemaining;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void prvHeapInit( void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xBlockLink *pxFirstFreeBlock;
|
||||||
|
unsigned char *pucAlignedHeap;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
|
||||||
|
pucAlignedHeap = ( unsigned char * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) &ucHeap[ portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ] ) & ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free
|
||||||
|
blocks. The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
|
||||||
|
xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
|
||||||
|
xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* xEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks. */
|
||||||
|
xEnd.xBlockSize = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
|
||||||
|
xEnd.pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the
|
||||||
|
entire heap space. */
|
||||||
|
pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
|
||||||
|
pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
|
||||||
|
pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = &xEnd;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
128
FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_3.c
Normal file
128
FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_3.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||||
|
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||||
|
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||||
|
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||||
|
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Thank you! *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||||
|
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||||
|
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||||
|
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||||
|
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||||
|
>>! kernel.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||||
|
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||||
|
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||||
|
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||||
|
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||||
|
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||||
|
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||||
|
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||||
|
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||||
|
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||||
|
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||||
|
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that relies on the
|
||||||
|
* compilers own malloc() and free() implementations.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This file can only be used if the linker is configured to to generate
|
||||||
|
* a heap memory area.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* See heap_1.c, heap_2.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
|
||||||
|
* memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
|
||||||
|
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
|
||||||
|
task.h is included from an application file. */
|
||||||
|
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "task.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
void *pvReturn;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
vTaskSuspendAll();
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
pvReturn = malloc( xWantedSize );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
xTaskResumeAll();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if( pvReturn == NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
|
||||||
|
vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return pvReturn;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void vPortFree( void *pv )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if( pv )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
vTaskSuspendAll();
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
free( pv );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
xTaskResumeAll();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
387
FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c
Normal file
387
FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||||
|
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||||
|
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||||
|
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||||
|
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Thank you! *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||||
|
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||||
|
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||||
|
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||||
|
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||||
|
>>! kernel.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||||
|
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||||
|
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||||
|
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||||
|
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||||
|
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||||
|
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||||
|
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||||
|
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||||
|
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||||
|
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||||
|
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that combines
|
||||||
|
* (coalescences) adjacent memory blocks as they are freed, and in so doing
|
||||||
|
* limits memory fragmentation.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* See heap_1.c, heap_2.c and heap_3.c for alternative implementations, and the
|
||||||
|
* memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
|
||||||
|
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
|
||||||
|
task.h is included from an application file. */
|
||||||
|
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "task.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Block sizes must not get too small. */
|
||||||
|
#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( heapSTRUCT_SIZE * 2 ) )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Assumes 8bit bytes! */
|
||||||
|
#define heapBITS_PER_BYTE ( ( size_t ) 8 )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* A few bytes might be lost to byte aligning the heap start address. */
|
||||||
|
#define heapADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - portBYTE_ALIGNMENT )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
|
||||||
|
static unsigned char ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Define the linked list structure. This is used to link free blocks in order
|
||||||
|
of their memory address. */
|
||||||
|
typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock; /*<< The next free block in the list. */
|
||||||
|
size_t xBlockSize; /*<< The size of the free block. */
|
||||||
|
} xBlockLink;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Inserts a block of memory that is being freed into the correct position in
|
||||||
|
* the list of free memory blocks. The block being freed will be merged with
|
||||||
|
* the block in front it and/or the block behind it if the memory blocks are
|
||||||
|
* adjacent to each other.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( xBlockLink *pxBlockToInsert );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Called automatically to setup the required heap structures the first time
|
||||||
|
* pvPortMalloc() is called.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
static void prvHeapInit( void );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The size of the structure placed at the beginning of each allocated memory
|
||||||
|
block must by correctly byte aligned. */
|
||||||
|
static const unsigned short heapSTRUCT_SIZE = ( ( sizeof ( xBlockLink ) + ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) & ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Ensure the pxEnd pointer will end up on the correct byte alignment. */
|
||||||
|
static const size_t xTotalHeapSize = ( ( size_t ) heapADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) & ( ( size_t ) ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
|
||||||
|
static xBlockLink xStart, *pxEnd = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
|
||||||
|
fragmentation. */
|
||||||
|
static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = ( ( size_t ) heapADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) & ( ( size_t ) ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Gets set to the top bit of an size_t type. When this bit in the xBlockSize
|
||||||
|
member of an xBlockLink structure is set then the block belongs to the
|
||||||
|
application. When the bit is free the block is still part of the free heap
|
||||||
|
space. */
|
||||||
|
static size_t xBlockAllocatedBit = 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xBlockLink *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
|
||||||
|
void *pvReturn = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
vTaskSuspendAll();
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
|
||||||
|
initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
|
||||||
|
if( pxEnd == NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
prvHeapInit();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Check the requested block size is not so large that the top bit is
|
||||||
|
set. The top bit of the block size member of the xBlockLink structure
|
||||||
|
is used to determine who owns the block - the application or the
|
||||||
|
kernel, so it must be free. */
|
||||||
|
if( ( xWantedSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) == 0 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a xBlockLink
|
||||||
|
structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
|
||||||
|
if( xWantedSize > 0 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xWantedSize += heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number
|
||||||
|
of bytes. */
|
||||||
|
if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0x00 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Byte alignment required. */
|
||||||
|
xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize <= xFreeBytesRemaining ) )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Traverse the list from the start (lowest address) block until
|
||||||
|
one of adequate size is found. */
|
||||||
|
pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
|
||||||
|
pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
|
||||||
|
while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
|
||||||
|
pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* If the end marker was reached then a block of adequate size
|
||||||
|
was not found. */
|
||||||
|
if( pxBlock != pxEnd )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Return the memory space pointed to - jumping over the
|
||||||
|
xBlockLink structure at its start. */
|
||||||
|
pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + heapSTRUCT_SIZE );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out
|
||||||
|
of the list of free blocks. */
|
||||||
|
pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into
|
||||||
|
two. */
|
||||||
|
if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* This block is to be split into two. Create a new
|
||||||
|
block following the number of bytes requested. The void
|
||||||
|
cast is used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the
|
||||||
|
compiler. */
|
||||||
|
pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the
|
||||||
|
single block. */
|
||||||
|
pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
|
||||||
|
pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
|
||||||
|
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The block is being returned - it is allocated and owned
|
||||||
|
by the application and has no "next" block. */
|
||||||
|
pxBlock->xBlockSize |= xBlockAllocatedBit;
|
||||||
|
pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
xTaskResumeAll();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if( pvReturn == NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
|
||||||
|
vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return pvReturn;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void vPortFree( void *pv )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
unsigned char *puc = ( unsigned char * ) pv;
|
||||||
|
xBlockLink *pxLink;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( pv != NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* The memory being freed will have an xBlockLink structure immediately
|
||||||
|
before it. */
|
||||||
|
puc -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */
|
||||||
|
pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Check the block is actually allocated. */
|
||||||
|
configASSERT( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 );
|
||||||
|
configASSERT( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* The block is being returned to the heap - it is no longer
|
||||||
|
allocated. */
|
||||||
|
pxLink->xBlockSize &= ~xBlockAllocatedBit;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
vTaskSuspendAll();
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
|
||||||
|
xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
|
||||||
|
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( xBlockLink * ) pxLink ) );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
xTaskResumeAll();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return xFreeBytesRemaining;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void prvHeapInit( void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xBlockLink *pxFirstFreeBlock;
|
||||||
|
unsigned char *pucHeapEnd, *pucAlignedHeap;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
|
||||||
|
pucAlignedHeap = ( unsigned char * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) &ucHeap[ portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ] ) & ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free
|
||||||
|
blocks. The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
|
||||||
|
xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
|
||||||
|
xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* pxEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks and is inserted
|
||||||
|
at the end of the heap space. */
|
||||||
|
pucHeapEnd = pucAlignedHeap + xTotalHeapSize;
|
||||||
|
pucHeapEnd -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
|
||||||
|
pxEnd = ( void * ) pucHeapEnd;
|
||||||
|
configASSERT( ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxEnd ) & ( ( unsigned long ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) == 0UL );
|
||||||
|
pxEnd->xBlockSize = 0;
|
||||||
|
pxEnd->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the
|
||||||
|
entire heap space, minus the space taken by pxEnd. */
|
||||||
|
pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
|
||||||
|
pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = xTotalHeapSize - heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
|
||||||
|
pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The heap now contains pxEnd. */
|
||||||
|
xFreeBytesRemaining -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Work out the position of the top bit in a size_t variable. */
|
||||||
|
xBlockAllocatedBit = ( ( size_t ) 1 ) << ( ( sizeof( size_t ) * heapBITS_PER_BYTE ) - 1 );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( xBlockLink *pxBlockToInsert )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xBlockLink *pxIterator;
|
||||||
|
unsigned char *puc;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a higher address
|
||||||
|
than the block being inserted. */
|
||||||
|
for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock < pxBlockToInsert; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Nothing to do here, just iterate to the right position. */
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted after
|
||||||
|
make a contiguous block of memory? */
|
||||||
|
puc = ( unsigned char * ) pxIterator;
|
||||||
|
if( ( puc + pxIterator->xBlockSize ) == ( unsigned char * ) pxBlockToInsert )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
pxIterator->xBlockSize += pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize;
|
||||||
|
pxBlockToInsert = pxIterator;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted before
|
||||||
|
make a contiguous block of memory? */
|
||||||
|
puc = ( unsigned char * ) pxBlockToInsert;
|
||||||
|
if( ( puc + pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize ) == ( unsigned char * ) pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock != pxEnd )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Form one big block from the two blocks. */
|
||||||
|
pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize += pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
|
||||||
|
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* If the block being inserted plugged a gab, so was merged with the block
|
||||||
|
before and the block after, then it's pxNextFreeBlock pointer will have
|
||||||
|
already been set, and should not be set here as that would make it point
|
||||||
|
to itself. */
|
||||||
|
if( pxIterator != pxBlockToInsert )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
2067
FreeRTOS/Source/queue.c
Normal file
2067
FreeRTOS/Source/queue.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
17
FreeRTOS/Source/readme.txt
Normal file
17
FreeRTOS/Source/readme.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||||
|
Each real time kernel port consists of three files that contain the core kernel
|
||||||
|
components and are common to every port, and one or more files that are
|
||||||
|
specific to a particular microcontroller and or compiler.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
+ The FreeRTOS/Source directory contains the three files that are common to
|
||||||
|
every port - list.c, queue.c and tasks.c. The kernel is contained within these
|
||||||
|
three files. croutine.c implements the optional co-routine functionality - which
|
||||||
|
is normally only used on very memory limited systems.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
+ The FreeRTOS/Source/Portable directory contains the files that are specific to
|
||||||
|
a particular microcontroller and or compiler.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
+ The FreeRTOS/Source/include directory contains the real time kernel header
|
||||||
|
files.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
See the readme file in the FreeRTOS/Source/Portable directory for more
|
||||||
|
information.
|
2931
FreeRTOS/Source/tasks.c
Normal file
2931
FreeRTOS/Source/tasks.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
697
FreeRTOS/Source/timers.c
Normal file
697
FreeRTOS/Source/timers.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,697 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||||
|
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||||
|
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||||
|
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||||
|
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Thank you! *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||||
|
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||||
|
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||||
|
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||||
|
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||||
|
>>! kernel.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||||
|
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||||
|
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||||
|
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||||
|
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||||
|
* *
|
||||||
|
***************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||||
|
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||||
|
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||||
|
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||||
|
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||||
|
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||||
|
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||||
|
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Standard includes. */
|
||||||
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
|
||||||
|
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
|
||||||
|
task.h is included from an application file. */
|
||||||
|
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "task.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "queue.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "timers.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Lint e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified because the
|
||||||
|
MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined for the
|
||||||
|
header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the correct
|
||||||
|
privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
|
||||||
|
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
|
||||||
|
to include software timer functionality. This #if is closed at the very bottom
|
||||||
|
of this file. If you want to include software timer functionality then ensure
|
||||||
|
configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
|
||||||
|
#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Misc definitions. */
|
||||||
|
#define tmrNO_DELAY ( portTickType ) 0U
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The definition of the timers themselves. */
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tmrTimerControl
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
const signed char *pcTimerName; /*<< Text name. This is not used by the kernel, it is included simply to make debugging easier. */
|
||||||
|
xListItem xTimerListItem; /*<< Standard linked list item as used by all kernel features for event management. */
|
||||||
|
portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks;/*<< How quickly and often the timer expires. */
|
||||||
|
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload; /*<< Set to pdTRUE if the timer should be automatically restarted once expired. Set to pdFALSE if the timer is, in effect, a one shot timer. */
|
||||||
|
void *pvTimerID; /*<< An ID to identify the timer. This allows the timer to be identified when the same callback is used for multiple timers. */
|
||||||
|
tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction; /*<< The function that will be called when the timer expires. */
|
||||||
|
} xTIMER;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The definition of messages that can be sent and received on the timer
|
||||||
|
queue. */
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tmrTimerQueueMessage
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE xMessageID; /*<< The command being sent to the timer service task. */
|
||||||
|
portTickType xMessageValue; /*<< An optional value used by a subset of commands, for example, when changing the period of a timer. */
|
||||||
|
xTIMER * pxTimer; /*<< The timer to which the command will be applied. */
|
||||||
|
} xTIMER_MESSAGE;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*lint -e956 A manual analysis and inspection has been used to determine which
|
||||||
|
static variables must be declared volatile. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The list in which active timers are stored. Timers are referenced in expire
|
||||||
|
time order, with the nearest expiry time at the front of the list. Only the
|
||||||
|
timer service task is allowed to access xActiveTimerList. */
|
||||||
|
PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xActiveTimerList1;
|
||||||
|
PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xActiveTimerList2;
|
||||||
|
PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList *pxCurrentTimerList;
|
||||||
|
PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList *pxOverflowTimerList;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* A queue that is used to send commands to the timer service task. */
|
||||||
|
PRIVILEGED_DATA static xQueueHandle xTimerQueue = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle == 1 )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
PRIVILEGED_DATA static xTaskHandle xTimerTaskHandle = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*lint +e956 */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Initialise the infrastructure used by the timer service task if it has not
|
||||||
|
* been initialised already.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* The timer service task (daemon). Timer functionality is controlled by this
|
||||||
|
* task. Other tasks communicate with the timer service task using the
|
||||||
|
* xTimerQueue queue.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Called by the timer service task to interpret and process a command it
|
||||||
|
* received on the timer queue.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Insert the timer into either xActiveTimerList1, or xActiveTimerList2,
|
||||||
|
* depending on if the expire time causes a timer counter overflow.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
static portBASE_TYPE prvInsertTimerInActiveList( xTIMER *pxTimer, portTickType xNextExpiryTime, portTickType xTimeNow, portTickType xCommandTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* An active timer has reached its expire time. Reload the timer if it is an
|
||||||
|
* auto reload timer, then call its callback.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portTickType xTimeNow ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* The tick count has overflowed. Switch the timer lists after ensuring the
|
||||||
|
* current timer list does not still reference some timers.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
static void prvSwitchTimerLists( portTickType xLastTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Obtain the current tick count, setting *pxTimerListsWereSwitched to pdTRUE
|
||||||
|
* if a tick count overflow occurred since prvSampleTimeNow() was last called.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
static portTickType prvSampleTimeNow( portBASE_TYPE *pxTimerListsWereSwitched ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* If the timer list contains any active timers then return the expire time of
|
||||||
|
* the timer that will expire first and set *pxListWasEmpty to false. If the
|
||||||
|
* timer list does not contain any timers then return 0 and set *pxListWasEmpty
|
||||||
|
* to pdTRUE.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
static portTickType prvGetNextExpireTime( portBASE_TYPE *pxListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* If a timer has expired, process it. Otherwise, block the timer service task
|
||||||
|
* until either a timer does expire or a command is received.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE xTimerCreateTimerTask( void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFAIL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* This function is called when the scheduler is started if
|
||||||
|
configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1. Check that the infrastructure used by the
|
||||||
|
timer service task has been created/initialised. If timers have already
|
||||||
|
been created then the initialisation will already have been performed. */
|
||||||
|
prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle == 1 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Create the timer task, storing its handle in xTimerTaskHandle so
|
||||||
|
it can be returned by the xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() function. */
|
||||||
|
xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvTimerTask, ( const signed char * ) "Tmr Svc", ( unsigned short ) configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH, NULL, ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT, &xTimerTaskHandle );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Create the timer task without storing its handle. */
|
||||||
|
xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvTimerTask, ( const signed char * ) "Tmr Svc", ( unsigned short ) configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH, NULL, ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT, NULL);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
configASSERT( xReturn );
|
||||||
|
return xReturn;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char * const pcTimerName, portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload, void *pvTimerID, tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xTIMER *pxNewTimer;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Allocate the timer structure. */
|
||||||
|
if( xTimerPeriodInTicks == ( portTickType ) 0U )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
pxNewTimer = NULL;
|
||||||
|
configASSERT( ( xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
pxNewTimer = ( xTIMER * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xTIMER ) );
|
||||||
|
if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Ensure the infrastructure used by the timer service task has been
|
||||||
|
created/initialised. */
|
||||||
|
prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Initialise the timer structure members using the function parameters. */
|
||||||
|
pxNewTimer->pcTimerName = pcTimerName;
|
||||||
|
pxNewTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xTimerPeriodInTicks;
|
||||||
|
pxNewTimer->uxAutoReload = uxAutoReload;
|
||||||
|
pxNewTimer->pvTimerID = pvTimerID;
|
||||||
|
pxNewTimer->pxCallbackFunction = pxCallbackFunction;
|
||||||
|
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return ( xTimerHandle ) pxNewTimer;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE xTimerGenericCommand( xTimerHandle xTimer, portBASE_TYPE xCommandID, portTickType xOptionalValue, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portTickType xBlockTime )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFAIL;
|
||||||
|
xTIMER_MESSAGE xMessage;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Send a message to the timer service task to perform a particular action
|
||||||
|
on a particular timer definition. */
|
||||||
|
if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Send a command to the timer service task to start the xTimer timer. */
|
||||||
|
xMessage.xMessageID = xCommandID;
|
||||||
|
xMessage.xMessageValue = xOptionalValue;
|
||||||
|
xMessage.pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken == NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xBlockTime );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xReturn = xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, xReturn );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return xReturn;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle == 1 )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
xTaskHandle xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* If xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() is called before the scheduler has been
|
||||||
|
started, then xTimerTaskHandle will be NULL. */
|
||||||
|
configASSERT( ( xTimerTaskHandle != NULL ) );
|
||||||
|
return xTimerTaskHandle;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portTickType xTimeNow )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xTIMER *pxTimer;
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE xResult;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Remove the timer from the list of active timers. A check has already
|
||||||
|
been performed to ensure the list is not empty. */
|
||||||
|
pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
|
||||||
|
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
|
||||||
|
traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* If the timer is an auto reload timer then calculate the next
|
||||||
|
expiry time and re-insert the timer in the list of active timers. */
|
||||||
|
if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* This is the only time a timer is inserted into a list using
|
||||||
|
a time relative to anything other than the current time. It
|
||||||
|
will therefore be inserted into the correct list relative to
|
||||||
|
the time this task thinks it is now, even if a command to
|
||||||
|
switch lists due to a tick count overflow is already waiting in
|
||||||
|
the timer queue. */
|
||||||
|
if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xNextExpireTime ) == pdTRUE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer
|
||||||
|
list. Reload it now. */
|
||||||
|
xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
|
||||||
|
configASSERT( xResult );
|
||||||
|
( void ) xResult;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Call the timer callback. */
|
||||||
|
pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
portTickType xNextExpireTime;
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Just to avoid compiler warnings. */
|
||||||
|
( void ) pvParameters;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for( ;; )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Query the timers list to see if it contains any timers, and if so,
|
||||||
|
obtain the time at which the next timer will expire. */
|
||||||
|
xNextExpireTime = prvGetNextExpireTime( &xListWasEmpty );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* If a timer has expired, process it. Otherwise, block this task
|
||||||
|
until either a timer does expire, or a command is received. */
|
||||||
|
prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( xNextExpireTime, xListWasEmpty );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Empty the command queue. */
|
||||||
|
prvProcessReceivedCommands();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
portTickType xTimeNow;
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE xTimerListsWereSwitched;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
vTaskSuspendAll();
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Obtain the time now to make an assessment as to whether the timer
|
||||||
|
has expired or not. If obtaining the time causes the lists to switch
|
||||||
|
then don't process this timer as any timers that remained in the list
|
||||||
|
when the lists were switched will have been processed within the
|
||||||
|
prvSampelTimeNow() function. */
|
||||||
|
xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
|
||||||
|
if( xTimerListsWereSwitched == pdFALSE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* The tick count has not overflowed, has the timer expired? */
|
||||||
|
if( ( xListWasEmpty == pdFALSE ) && ( xNextExpireTime <= xTimeNow ) )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
|
||||||
|
prvProcessExpiredTimer( xNextExpireTime, xTimeNow );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* The tick count has not overflowed, and the next expire
|
||||||
|
time has not been reached yet. This task should therefore
|
||||||
|
block to wait for the next expire time or a command to be
|
||||||
|
received - whichever comes first. The following line cannot
|
||||||
|
be reached unless xNextExpireTime > xTimeNow, except in the
|
||||||
|
case when the current timer list is empty. */
|
||||||
|
vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xTimerQueue, ( xNextExpireTime - xTimeNow ) );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Yield to wait for either a command to arrive, or the block time
|
||||||
|
to expire. If a command arrived between the critical section being
|
||||||
|
exited and this yield then the yield will not cause the task
|
||||||
|
to block. */
|
||||||
|
portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static portTickType prvGetNextExpireTime( portBASE_TYPE *pxListWasEmpty )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
portTickType xNextExpireTime;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Timers are listed in expiry time order, with the head of the list
|
||||||
|
referencing the task that will expire first. Obtain the time at which
|
||||||
|
the timer with the nearest expiry time will expire. If there are no
|
||||||
|
active timers then just set the next expire time to 0. That will cause
|
||||||
|
this task to unblock when the tick count overflows, at which point the
|
||||||
|
timer lists will be switched and the next expiry time can be
|
||||||
|
re-assessed. */
|
||||||
|
*pxListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList );
|
||||||
|
if( *pxListWasEmpty == pdFALSE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Ensure the task unblocks when the tick count rolls over. */
|
||||||
|
xNextExpireTime = ( portTickType ) 0U;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return xNextExpireTime;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static portTickType prvSampleTimeNow( portBASE_TYPE *pxTimerListsWereSwitched )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
portTickType xTimeNow;
|
||||||
|
PRIVILEGED_DATA static portTickType xLastTime = ( portTickType ) 0U; /*lint !e956 Variable is only accessible to one task. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
xTimeNow = xTaskGetTickCount();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( xTimeNow < xLastTime )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
prvSwitchTimerLists( xLastTime );
|
||||||
|
*pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdTRUE;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
*pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdFALSE;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
xLastTime = xTimeNow;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return xTimeNow;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static portBASE_TYPE prvInsertTimerInActiveList( xTIMER *pxTimer, portTickType xNextExpiryTime, portTickType xTimeNow, portTickType xCommandTime )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE xProcessTimerNow = pdFALSE;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xNextExpiryTime );
|
||||||
|
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( xNextExpiryTime <= xTimeNow )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Has the expiry time elapsed between the command to start/reset a
|
||||||
|
timer was issued, and the time the command was processed? */
|
||||||
|
if( ( xTimeNow - xCommandTime ) >= pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* The time between a command being issued and the command being
|
||||||
|
processed actually exceeds the timers period. */
|
||||||
|
xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
vListInsert( pxOverflowTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if( ( xTimeNow < xCommandTime ) && ( xNextExpiryTime >= xCommandTime ) )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* If, since the command was issued, the tick count has overflowed
|
||||||
|
but the expiry time has not, then the timer must have already passed
|
||||||
|
its expiry time and should be processed immediately. */
|
||||||
|
xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return xProcessTimerNow;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xTIMER_MESSAGE xMessage;
|
||||||
|
xTIMER *pxTimer;
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE xTimerListsWereSwitched, xResult;
|
||||||
|
portTickType xTimeNow;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
while( xQueueReceive( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY ) != pdFAIL ) /*lint !e603 xMessage does not have to be initialised as it is passed out, not in, and it is not used unless xQueueReceive() returns pdTRUE. */
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
pxTimer = xMessage.pxTimer;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) == pdFALSE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* The timer is in a list, remove it. */
|
||||||
|
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageID, xMessage.xMessageValue );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* In this case the xTimerListsWereSwitched parameter is not used, but
|
||||||
|
it must be present in the function call. prvSampleTimeNow() must be
|
||||||
|
called after the message is received from xTimerQueue so there is no
|
||||||
|
possibility of a higher priority task adding a message to the message
|
||||||
|
queue with a time that is ahead of the timer daemon task (because it
|
||||||
|
pre-empted the timer daemon task after the xTimeNow value was set). */
|
||||||
|
xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
switch( xMessage.xMessageID )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
case tmrCOMMAND_START :
|
||||||
|
/* Start or restart a timer. */
|
||||||
|
if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, xTimeNow, xMessage.xMessageValue ) == pdTRUE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer
|
||||||
|
list. Process it now. */
|
||||||
|
pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xMessage.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
|
||||||
|
configASSERT( xResult );
|
||||||
|
( void ) xResult;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
case tmrCOMMAND_STOP :
|
||||||
|
/* The timer has already been removed from the active list.
|
||||||
|
There is nothing to do here. */
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD :
|
||||||
|
pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xMessage.xMessageValue;
|
||||||
|
configASSERT( ( pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
|
||||||
|
( void ) prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xTimeNow + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xTimeNow );
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
case tmrCOMMAND_DELETE :
|
||||||
|
/* The timer has already been removed from the active list,
|
||||||
|
just free up the memory. */
|
||||||
|
vPortFree( pxTimer );
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
default :
|
||||||
|
/* Don't expect to get here. */
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void prvSwitchTimerLists( portTickType xLastTime )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
portTickType xNextExpireTime, xReloadTime;
|
||||||
|
xList *pxTemp;
|
||||||
|
xTIMER *pxTimer;
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE xResult;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Remove compiler warnings if configASSERT() is not defined. */
|
||||||
|
( void ) xLastTime;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The tick count has overflowed. The timer lists must be switched.
|
||||||
|
If there are any timers still referenced from the current timer list
|
||||||
|
then they must have expired and should be processed before the lists
|
||||||
|
are switched. */
|
||||||
|
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList ) == pdFALSE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Remove the timer from the list. */
|
||||||
|
pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
|
||||||
|
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Execute its callback, then send a command to restart the timer if
|
||||||
|
it is an auto-reload timer. It cannot be restarted here as the lists
|
||||||
|
have not yet been switched. */
|
||||||
|
pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Calculate the reload value, and if the reload value results in
|
||||||
|
the timer going into the same timer list then it has already expired
|
||||||
|
and the timer should be re-inserted into the current list so it is
|
||||||
|
processed again within this loop. Otherwise a command should be sent
|
||||||
|
to restart the timer to ensure it is only inserted into a list after
|
||||||
|
the lists have been swapped. */
|
||||||
|
xReloadTime = ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks );
|
||||||
|
if( xReloadTime > xNextExpireTime )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xReloadTime );
|
||||||
|
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
|
||||||
|
vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
|
||||||
|
configASSERT( xResult );
|
||||||
|
( void ) xResult;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
pxTemp = pxCurrentTimerList;
|
||||||
|
pxCurrentTimerList = pxOverflowTimerList;
|
||||||
|
pxOverflowTimerList = pxTemp;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Check that the list from which active timers are referenced, and the
|
||||||
|
queue used to communicate with the timer service, have been
|
||||||
|
initialised. */
|
||||||
|
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if( xTimerQueue == NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList1 );
|
||||||
|
vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList2 );
|
||||||
|
pxCurrentTimerList = &xActiveTimerList1;
|
||||||
|
pxOverflowTimerList = &xActiveTimerList2;
|
||||||
|
xTimerQueue = xQueueCreate( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( xTIMER_MESSAGE ) );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsInActiveList;
|
||||||
|
xTIMER *pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Is the timer in the list of active timers? */
|
||||||
|
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* Checking to see if it is in the NULL list in effect checks to see if
|
||||||
|
it is referenced from either the current or the overflow timer lists in
|
||||||
|
one go, but the logic has to be reversed, hence the '!'. */
|
||||||
|
xTimerIsInActiveList = !( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return xTimerIsInActiveList;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
xTIMER *pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return pxTimer->pvTimerID;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
|
||||||
|
to include software timer functionality. If you want to include software timer
|
||||||
|
functionality then ensure configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
|
||||||
|
#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS == 1 */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
21
FreeRTOS/readme.txt
Normal file
21
FreeRTOS/readme.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
|
||||||
|
Directories:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
+ The FreeRTOS/Source directory contains the FreeRTOS source code, and contains
|
||||||
|
its own readme file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
+ The FreeRTOS/Demo directory contains a demo application for every official
|
||||||
|
FreeRTOS port, and contains its own readme file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
+ See http://www.freertos.org/a00017.html for full details of the directory
|
||||||
|
structure and information on locating the files you require.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The easiest way to use FreeRTOS is to start with one of the pre-configured demo
|
||||||
|
application projects (found in the FreeRTOS/Demo directory). That way you will
|
||||||
|
have the correct FreeRTOS source files included, and the correct include paths
|
||||||
|
configured. Once a demo application is building and executing you can remove
|
||||||
|
the demo application file, and start to add in your own application source
|
||||||
|
files.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
See also -
|
||||||
|
http://www.freertos.org/FreeRTOS-quick-start-guide.html
|
||||||
|
http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html
|
Loading…
Reference in a new issue